{"id":"pli-tv-kd2","title":"1. The instruction to gather together","languageCodes":["en","pi"],"languageNotes":{"en":"Bhikkhu Brahmāli · CC0","pi":"Mahāsaṅgīti edition · SuttaCentral"},"chapters":[{"id":"pli-tv-kd2","title":"1. The instruction to gather together","units":[{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:0","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:0.1","pli-tv-kd2:0.2","pli-tv-kd2:0.3","pli-tv-kd2:0.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Theravāda Vinayapiṭaka\nMahāvagga\n2. Uposathakkhandhaka\n1. Sannipātānujānana","en":"Theravāda Collection on Monastic Law\nThe Great Division\nThe chapter on the observance day\n1. The instruction to gather together"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:1.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:1.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:1.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:1.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:1.1.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.\nTena kho pana samayena aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṁ bhāsanti.\nTe manussā upasaṅkamanti dhammassavanāya.\nTe labhanti aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu pemaṁ, labhanti pasādaṁ, labhanti aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṁ.","en":"At one time the Buddha was staying on the Vulture Peak at Rājagaha.\nAt that time, on the fourteenth, fifteenth, and eighth day of the lunar half-month, the wanderers of other religions gathered and gave teachings.\nPeople went to listen to those teachings,\nand they acquired affection for and confidence in those wanderers. And the wanderers gained supporters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:1.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:1.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:1.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:1.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:1.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:1.2.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—\n“etarahi kho aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṁ bhāsanti.\nTe manussā upasaṅkamanti dhammassavanāya.\nTe labhanti aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu pemaṁ, labhanti pasādaṁ, labhanti aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṁ.\nYannūna ayyāpi cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun”ti.","en":"Then, when King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha was reflecting in private,\nhe considered this\nand thought, “Why don’t the venerables, too, gather on the fourteenth, fifteenth, and eighth day of the half-month?”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:1.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:1.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:1.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:1.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:1.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:1.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:1.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:1.3.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.\nEkamantaṁ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—\n“idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘etarahi kho aññatitthiyā paribbājakā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṁ bhāsanti.\nTe manussā upasaṅkamanti dhammassavanāya.\nTe labhanti aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu pemaṁ, labhanti pasādaṁ, labhanti aññatitthiyā paribbājakā pakkhaṁ.\nYannūna ayyāpi cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun’ti.\nSādhu, bhante, ayyāpi cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipateyyun”ti.","en":"He then went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down,\nand told him what he had thought,\nadding, “It would be good, sir, if the venerables, too, gathered on the fourteenth, fifteenth, and eighth day of the half-month.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:1.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:1.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:1.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:1.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:1.4.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṁ māgadhaṁ seniyaṁ bimbisāraṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṁsesi.\nAtha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṁsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.\nAtha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—\n“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitun”ti.","en":"The Buddha then instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching.\nWhen the Buddha had finished, the king got up from his seat, bowed, circumambulated the Buddha with his right side toward him, and left.\nSoon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks:\n“You should gather together on the fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth day of the lunar half-month.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:2.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:2.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.9","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.10","pli-tv-kd2:2.1.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū—\n“bhagavatā anuññātā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitun”ti—\ncātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā tuṇhī nisīdanti.\nTe manussā upasaṅkamanti dhammassavanāya.\nTe ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—\n“kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā tuṇhī nisīdissanti, seyyathāpi mūgasūkarā.\nNanu nāma sannipatitehi dhammo bhāsitabbo”ti.\nAssosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.\nAtha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…\natha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—\n“anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa sannipatitvā dhammaṁ bhāsitun”ti.","en":"When the monks heard about\nthe Buddha’s instruction,\nthey started gathering on those days.\nPeople came to hear a teaching, but the monks sat in silence.\nThe people complained and criticized them,\n“How can the Sakyan monastics gather on the fourteenth, fifteenth, and eighth day of the half-month, but then sit in silence like dumb pigs?\nShouldn’t they give a teaching when they gather together?”\nThe monks heard the complaints of those people\nand they told the Buddha.\nSoon afterwards the Buddha gave a teaching and addressed the monks:\n“When you gather together on the fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth day of the lunar half-month, you should give a teaching.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:3.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:3.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:3.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:3.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:3.1.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"2. Pātimokkhuddesānujānana\nAtha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—\n“yannūnāhaṁ yāni mayā bhikkhūnaṁ paññattāni sikkhāpadāni, tāni nesaṁ pātimokkhuddesaṁ anujāneyyaṁ.\nSo nesaṁ bhavissati uposathakamman”ti.","en":"2. The instruction to recite the Monastic Code\nWhile the Buddha was reflecting in private, he thought,\n“Why don’t I instruct the monks to recite a monastic code, consisting of those training rules that I have laid down for them?\nThat would be their procedure for the observance day.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:3.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:3.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:3.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:3.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:3.2.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—\n“idha mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘yannūnāhaṁ yāni mayā bhikkhūnaṁ paññattāni sikkhāpadāni, tāni nesaṁ pātimokkhuddesaṁ anujāneyyaṁ.\nSo nesaṁ bhavissati uposathakamman’ti.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ.","en":"In the evening, when the Buddha had come out from seclusion, he gave a teaching and addressed the monks.\nHe told them what he had thought, adding:\n“You should recite the Monastic Code."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:3.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:3.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.12","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.13","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.14","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.15","pli-tv-kd2:3.3.16"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañca pana, bhikkhave, uddisitabbaṁ.\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho uposathaṁ kareyya, pātimokkhaṁ uddiseyya.\nKiṁ saṅghassa pubbakiccaṁ?\nPārisuddhiṁ āyasmanto ārocetha.\nPātimokkhaṁ uddisissāmi.\nTaṁ sabbeva santā sādhukaṁ suṇoma manasi karoma.\nYassa siyā āpatti, so āvikareyya.\nAsantiyā āpattiyā tuṇhī bhavitabbaṁ.\nTuṇhībhāvena kho panāyasmante parisuddhāti vedissāmi.\nYathā kho pana paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṁ hoti, evamevaṁ evarūpāya parisāya yāvatatiyaṁ anussāvitaṁ hoti.\nYo pana bhikkhu yāvatatiyaṁ anussāviyamāne saramāno santiṁ āpattiṁ nāvikareyya, sampajānamusāvādassa hoti.\nSampajānamusāvādo kho panāyasmanto antarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā.\nTasmā, saramānena bhikkhunā āpannena visuddhāpekkhena santī āpatti āvikātabbā;\nāvikatā hissa phāsu hotī’”ti.","en":"And you should do it like this.\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, it should do the observance-day ceremony, it should recite the Monastic Code.\nWhat is the preliminary duty of the Sangha?\nThe venerables should declare their purity.\nI will recite the Monastic Code.\nEveryone present should listen to it and attend carefully.\nAnyone who has committed an offense should reveal it.\nIf you haven’t committed any offense, you should remain silent.\nIf you are silent, I will regard you as pure.\nJust as one responds when asked individually, so too, an announcement is made three times in this kind of gathering.\nIf a monk remembers an offense while the announcement is being made up to the third time, but doesn’t reveal it, he is lying in full awareness.\nLying in full awareness is called an obstacle by the Buddha.\nA monk who remembers an offense and is seeking purification should therefore reveal it.\nWhen it’s revealed, he will be at ease.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:3.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:3.4.0","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.10","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.11","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.12","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.13","pli-tv-kd2:3.4.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"en":"Definitions\nMonastic Code:\nthis is the beginning, this is the front, this is at the head of wholesome qualities—therefore it is called “Monastic Code”.\nVenerables:\nthis is a term of affection, a term of respect; it is an expression of respect and deference, that is, “venerables”.\nI will recite:\nI will set forth, I will teach, I will declare, I will set out, I will reveal, I will analyze, I will make plain, I will manifest.\nIt:\nThe Monastic Code is what is meant.\nEveryone present:\nto whatever extent there are senior monks, junior monks, and monks of middle standing in that gathering—these are called “everyone present”.\nShould listen carefully:\nshould be attentive, should pay attention, should apply their whole mind.\nShould attend:\nshould listen with a one-pointed mind, with an undistracted mind, with a non-wandering mind.","pi":"Pātimokkhanti\nādimetaṁ mukhametaṁ pamukhametaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ. Tena vuccati pātimokkhanti.\nĀyasmantoti\npiyavacanametaṁ garuvacanametaṁ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṁ āyasmantoti.\nUddisissāmīti\nācikkhissāmi desessāmi paññapessāmi paṭṭhapessāmi vivarissāmi vibhajissāmi uttāniṁ karissāmi pakāsessāmi.\nTanti\npātimokkhaṁ vuccati.\nSabbeva santāti\nyāvatikā tassā parisāya therā ca navā ca majjhimā ca, ete vuccanti sabbeva santāti.\nSādhukaṁ suṇomāti\naṭṭhiṁ katvā manasi katvā sabbacetasā samannāharāma.\nManasi karomāti\nekaggacittā avikkhittacittā avisāhaṭacittā nisāmema."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:3.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:3.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:3.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:3.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:3.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:3.5.5","pli-tv-kd2:3.5.6","pli-tv-kd2:3.5.7","pli-tv-kd2:3.5.8","pli-tv-kd2:3.5.9","pli-tv-kd2:3.5.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Yassa siyā āpattīti\ntherassa vā navassa vā majjhimassa vā, pañcannaṁ vā āpattikkhandhānaṁ aññatarā āpatti, sattannaṁ vā āpattikkhandhānaṁ aññatarā āpatti.\nSo āvikareyyāti\nso deseyya, so vivareyya, so uttāniṁ kareyya, so pakāseyya saṅghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā.\nAsantī nāma āpatti\nanajjhāpannā vā hoti, āpajjitvā vā vuṭṭhitā.\nTuṇhī bhavitabbanti\nadhivāsetabbaṁ na byāharitabbaṁ.\nParisuddhāti vedissāmīti\njānissāmi dhāressāmi.","en":"Anyone who has committed an offense:\na senior monk, a junior monk, or a monk of middle standing who has committed a particular offense among the five or seven classes of offenses.\nShould reveal it:\nshould confess it, should disclose it, should make it plain, should make it known—either in the midst of the Sangha, in the midst of a group, or to an individual.\nIf you haven’t committed any offense:\nif you have not committed any offense or you have cleared yourself after committing one.\nYou should remain silent:\nyou should be patient; you shouldn’t say anything.\nI will regard you as pure:\nI will know; I will remember."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:3.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:3.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.4","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.5","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.6","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.7","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.8","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.9","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.10","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.11","pli-tv-kd2:3.6.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Yathā kho pana paccekapuṭṭhassa veyyākaraṇaṁ hotīti\nyathā ekena eko puṭṭho byākareyya, evameva tassā parisāya jānitabbaṁ maṁ pucchatīti.\nEvarūpā nāma parisā\nbhikkhuparisā vuccati.\nYāvatatiyaṁ anussāvitaṁ hotīti\nsakimpi anussāvitaṁ hoti, dutiyampi anussāvitaṁ hoti, tatiyampi anussāvitaṁ hoti.\nSaramānoti\njānamāno sañjānamāno.\nSantī nāma āpatti\najjhāpannā vā hoti, āpajjitvā vā avuṭṭhitā.\nNāvikareyyāti\nna deseyya, na vivareyya, na uttāniṁ kareyya, na pakāseyya saṅghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā.","en":"Just as one responds when asked individually:\njust as one would respond when asked privately, so too, one should know of that gathering, “It’s asking me.”\nThis kind of gathering:\na gathering of monks is what is meant.\nWhen the announcement is made three times:\nwhen the announcement is made once, when the announcement is made for the second time, and also when the announcement is made for the third time.\nRemembers:\nKnows, perceives.\nAn offense:\none that has been committed, or one that has not been cleared after being committed.\nBut doesn’t reveal it:\ndoes not confess it, disclose it, make it plain, make it known—either in the midst of the Sangha, in the midst of a group, or to an individual."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:3.7","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:3.7.1","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.2","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.3","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.4","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.5","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.6","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.7","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.8","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.9","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.10","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.11","pli-tv-kd2:3.7.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Sampajānamusāvādassa hotīti\nsampajānamusāvāde kiṁ hoti?\nDukkaṭaṁ hoti.\nAntarāyiko dhammo vutto bhagavatāti.\nKissa antarāyiko?\nPaṭhamassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, dutiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, tatiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, catutthassa jhānassa adhigamāya antarāyiko, jhānānaṁ vimokkhānaṁ samādhīnaṁ samāpattīnaṁ nekkhammānaṁ nissaraṇānaṁ pavivekānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ adhigamāya antarāyiko.\nTasmāti\ntaṅkāraṇā.\nSaramānenāti\njānamānena sañjānamānena.\nVisuddhāpekkhenāti\nvuṭṭhātukāmena visujjhitukāmena.","en":"He is lying in full awareness:\nwhat is there for lying in full awareness?\nThere is an act of wrong conduct.\nIs called an obstacle by the Buddha:\nan obstacle for what?\nIt is an obstacle for reaching the first absorption, the second absorption, the third absorption, the fourth absorption; an obstacle for reaching the wholesome qualities of absorption, release, stillness, attainment, renunciation, escape, seclusion.\nTherefore:\nfor that reason.\nWho remembers:\nwho knows, who perceives.\nIs seeking purification:\nis desiring to be cleared, is desiring purity."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:3.8","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:3.8.1","pli-tv-kd2:3.8.2","pli-tv-kd2:3.8.3","pli-tv-kd2:3.8.4","pli-tv-kd2:3.8.5","pli-tv-kd2:3.8.6","pli-tv-kd2:3.8.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Santī nāma āpatti\najjhāpannā vā hoti, āpajjitvā vā avuṭṭhitā.\nĀvikātabbāti\nāvikātabbā saṅghamajjhe vā gaṇamajjhe vā ekapuggale vā.\nĀvikatā hissa phāsu hotīti\nkissa phāsu hoti?\nPaṭhamassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, dutiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, tatiyassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, catutthassa jhānassa adhigamāya phāsu hoti, jhānānaṁ vimokkhānaṁ samādhīnaṁ samāpattīnaṁ nekkhammānaṁ nissaraṇānaṁ pavivekānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ adhigamāya phāsu hotīti.","en":"An offense:\none that has been committed, or one that has not been cleared after being committed.\nShould reveal it:\nshould reveal it either in the midst of the Sangha, in the midst of a group, or to an individual.\nWhen it’s revealed, he will be at ease:\nat ease for what?\nHe will be at ease for reaching the first absorption, the second absorption, the third absorption, the forth absorption; at ease for reaching the wholesome qualities of absorption, release, stillness, attainment, renunciation, escape, seclusion."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:4.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:4.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:4.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:4.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:4.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:4.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:4.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:4.1.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū—\n“bhagavatā pātimokkhuddeso anuññāto”ti—\ndevasikaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, devasikaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathe pātimokkhaṁ uddisitun”ti.","en":"When they heard\nthat the Buddha required the recitation of the Monastic Code,\nsome monks recited it daily.\nThey told the Buddha.\n“You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code every day.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nYou should recite the Monastic Code on the observance day.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:4.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:4.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:4.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:4.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:4.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:4.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:4.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:4.2.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū—\n“bhagavatā uposathe pātimokkhuddeso anuññāto”ti—\npakkhassa tikkhattuṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti, cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, pakkhassa tikkhattuṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, sakiṁ pakkhassa cātuddase vā pannarase vā pātimokkhaṁ uddisitun”ti.","en":"When they heard\nthat the Buddha required the recitation of the Monastic Code on the observance day,\nsome monks recited it three times per half-month: on the fourteenth, fifteenth, and eighth day.\n“You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code three times per lunar half-month.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nYou should recite the Monastic Code once every lunar half-month: on the fourteenth or the fifteenth day.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:5.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:5.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:5.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:5.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:5.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:5.1.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yathāparisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti sakāya sakāya parisāya.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, yathāparisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ sakāya sakāya parisāya.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, samaggānaṁ uposathakamman”ti.","en":"On one occasion the monks from the group of six recited the Monastic Code separately, each to his own followers.\n“You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code separately, each to your own followers.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nYou should do the observance-day procedure in a complete assembly.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:5.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:5.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:5.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:5.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:5.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:5.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:5.2.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—\n‘samaggānaṁ uposathakamman’ti.\nKittāvatā nu kho sāmaggī hoti, yāvatā ekāvāso, udāhu sabbā pathavī”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ettāvatā sāmaggī yāvatā ekāvāso”ti.","en":"When they knew\nthat the Buddha had laid down a rule\nthat the observance-day procedure should be done in a complete assembly,\nthe monks thought, “How far does a complete assembly extend? As far as one monastery or as far as the entire earth?”\n“A complete assembly extends as far as one monastery.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:5.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:5.3.0","pli-tv-kd2:5.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:5.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:5.3.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"3. Mahākappinavatthu\nTena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākappino rājagahe viharati maddakucchimhi migadāye.\nAtha kho āyasmato mahākappinassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—\n“gaccheyyaṁ vāhaṁ uposathaṁ na vā gaccheyyaṁ, gaccheyyaṁ vāhaṁ saṅghakammaṁ na vā gaccheyyaṁ, atha khvāhaṁ visuddho paramāya visuddhiyā”ti?","en":"3. Mahākappina\nAt that time Venerable Mahākappina was staying at Rājagaha in the deer park at Maddakucchi.\nOn one occasion, while reflecting in private, he thought,\n“Should I go to the observance-day ceremony? Should I go to the legal procedures of the Sangha? Regardless, I’ve reached the highest purity.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:5.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:5.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:5.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:5.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:5.4.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato mahākappinassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya—\nseyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito maddakucchimhi migadāye āyasmato mahākappinassa sammukhe pāturahosi.\nNisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane.\nĀyasmāpi kho mahākappino bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi.","en":"The Buddha read his mind.\nThen, just as a strong man might bend or stretch his arm, the Buddha disappeared from the Vulture Peak and reappeared in front of Mahākappina,\nwhere he sat down on the prepared seat.\nMahākappina bowed and sat down,"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:5.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:5.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:5.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:5.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:5.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:5.5.5","pli-tv-kd2:5.5.6","pli-tv-kd2:5.5.7","pli-tv-kd2:5.5.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ mahākappinaṁ bhagavā etadavoca—\n“nanu te, kappina, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi—\ngaccheyyaṁ vāhaṁ uposathaṁ na vā gaccheyyaṁ, gaccheyyaṁ vāhaṁ saṅghakammaṁ na vā gaccheyyaṁ, atha khvāhaṁ visuddho paramāya visuddhiyā”ti?\n“Evaṁ, bhante”.\n“Tumhe ce brāhmaṇā uposathaṁ na sakkarissatha na garukarissatha na mānessatha na pūjessatha, atha ko carahi uposathaṁ sakkarissati garukarissati mānessati pūjessati?\nGaccha tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, uposathaṁ, mā no agamāsi.\nGaccha tvaṁ saṅghakammaṁ, mā no agamāsī”ti.\n“Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahākappino bhagavato paccassosi.","en":"and the Buddha said to him:\n“Isn’t it the case, Kappina,\nthat you were wondering whether or not you should go to the observance day and the legal procedures of the Sangha?”\n“Yes, venerable sir.”\n“If you brahmins don’t honor and revere the observance day, then who will?\nGo to the observance day, brahmin,\nand go to the legal procedures of the Sangha.”\n“Yes.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:5.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:5.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:5.6.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākappinaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā—\nseyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evameva—maddakucchimhi migadāye āyasmato mahākappinassa sammukhe antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi.","en":"The Buddha instructed, inspired, and gladdened him with a teaching.\nThen, just as a strong man might bend or stretch his arm, the Buddha disappeared from Mahākappina’s presence and reappeared on the Vulture Peak."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:6.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:6.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.9","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.10","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.11","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.12","pli-tv-kd2:6.1.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"4. Sīmānujānana\nAtha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—\n‘ettāvatā sāmaggī yāvatā ekāvāso’ti, kittāvatā nu kho ekāvāso hotī”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sīmaṁ sammannituṁ.\nEvañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbā—\npaṭhamaṁ nimittā kittetabbā—\npabbatanimittaṁ, pāsāṇanimittaṁ, vananimittaṁ, rukkhanimittaṁ, magganimittaṁ, vammikanimittaṁ, nadīnimittaṁ, udakanimittaṁ.\nNimitte kittetvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho etehi nimittehi sīmaṁ sammanneyya samānasaṁvāsaṁ ekuposathaṁ.\nEsā ñatti.","en":"4. The allowance for monastery zones\nWhen they knew\nthat the Buddha had laid down a rule\nthat a complete assembly extends as far as one monastery, the monks thought, “How far does a single monastery extend?”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“I allow you to establish a monastery zone.\nAnd it should be established like this.\nFirst you should announce the zone markers:\na hill, a rock, a forest grove, a tree, a path, an anthill, a river, a lake.\nThen a competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, it should establish a monastery zone based on the announced markers, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together.\nThis is the motion."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:6.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:6.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:6.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:6.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:6.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:6.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:6.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:6.2.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā.\nSaṅgho etehi nimittehi sīmaṁ sammannati samānasaṁvāsaṁ ekuposathaṁ.\nYassāyasmato khamati etehi nimittehi sīmāya sammuti samānasaṁvāsāya ekuposathāya, so tuṇhassa;\nyassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.\nSammatā sīmā saṅghena etehi nimittehi samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā.\nKhamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.","en":"Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha establishes a monastery zone based on the announced markers, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together.\nAny monk who approves of establishing a monastery zone based on these markers, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together, should remain silent.\nAny monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.\nThe Sangha has established a monastery zone based on these markers, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together.\nThe Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:7.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:7.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:7.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:7.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:7.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:7.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:7.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:7.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:7.1.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū—\n“bhagavatā sīmāsammuti anuññātā”ti—\natimahatiyo sīmāyo sammannanti, catuyojanikāpi pañcayojanikāpi chayojanikāpi.\nBhikkhū uposathaṁ āgacchantā uddissamānepi pātimokkhe āgacchanti, uddiṭṭhamattepi āgacchanti, antarāpi parivasanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, atimahatī sīmā sammannitabbā, catuyojanikā vā pañcayojanikā vā chayojanikā vā.\nYo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiyojanaparamaṁ sīmaṁ sammannitun”ti.","en":"When they heard\nthat the Buddha had made an allowance to establish a monastery zone,\nthe monks from the group of six established zones that were too large: 50, 65, and even 80 kilometers across.\nMonks coming to the observance-day ceremony arrived while the Monastic Code was being recited or just after, and they had to stop overnight while on the way.\nThey told the Buddha.\n“You shouldn’t establish a monastery zone that is too large, whether 50, 65, or 80 kilometers across.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nYou should establish a monastery zone that is 40 kilometers across at the most.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:7.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:7.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:7.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:7.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:7.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:7.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:7.2.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nadīpārasīmaṁ sammannanti.\nUposathaṁ āgacchantā bhikkhūpi vuyhanti, pattāpi vuyhanti, cīvarānipi vuyhanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, nadīpārasīmā sammannitabbā.\nYo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, yatthassa dhuvanāvā vā dhuvasetu vā, evarūpaṁ nadīpārasīmaṁ sammannitun”ti.","en":"At one time the monks from the group of six had established a zone that crossed a river.\nMonks on their way to the observance-day ceremony were swept away by the current, as were their bowls and robes.\n“You shouldn’t establish a monastery zone that crosses a river.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nI allow you to establish a monastery zone that crosses a river only if there is a permanent bridge or ferry connection.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:8.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:8.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:8.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:8.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:8.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:8.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:8.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:8.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:8.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:8.1.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"5. Uposathāgārakathā\nTena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupariveṇiyaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti asaṅketena.\nĀgantukā bhikkhū na jānanti—\n“kattha vā ajjuposatho karīyissatī”ti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, anupariveṇiyaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ asaṅketena.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathāgāraṁ sammannitvā uposathaṁ kātuṁ, yaṁ saṅgho ākaṅkhati vihāraṁ vā aḍḍhayogaṁ vā pāsādaṁ vā hammiyaṁ vā guhaṁ vā.\nEvañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbaṁ.","en":"5. Discussion of the observance-day hall\nAt that time the monks recited the Monastic Code in one yard after another without making a prior arrangement.\nNewly-arrived monks did not know\nwhere the observance-day ceremony was to be held.\nThey told the Buddha.\n“You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code in one yard after another without making a prior arrangement.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nI allow you to designate an observance-day hall—whether a dwelling, a stilt house, or a cave—for the observance-day ceremony.\nAnd it should be designated like this."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:8.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:8.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:8.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:8.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:8.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:8.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:8.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:8.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:8.2.8","pli-tv-kd2:8.2.9","pli-tv-kd2:8.2.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ vihāraṁ uposathāgāraṁ sammanneyya.\nEsā ñatti.\nSuṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nSaṅgho itthannāmaṁ vihāraṁ uposathāgāraṁ sammannati.\nYassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa vihārassa uposathāgārassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa;\nyassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.\nSammato saṅghena itthannāmo vihāro uposathāgāraṁ.\nKhamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.","en":"A competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, it should designate such-and-such a dwelling as the observance-day hall.\nThis is the motion.\nPlease, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha designates such-and-such a dwelling as the observance-day hall.\nAny monk who approves of designating such-and-such a dwelling as the observance-day hall should remain silent.\nAny monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.\nThe Sangha has designated such-and-such a dwelling as the observance-day hall.\nThe Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:8.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:8.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:8.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:8.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:8.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:8.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:8.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:8.3.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse dve uposathāgārāni sammatāni honti.\nBhikkhū ubhayattha sannipatanti—\n“idha uposatho karīyissati, idha uposatho karīyissatī”ti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, ekasmiṁ āvāse dve uposathāgārāni sammannitabbāni.\nYo sammanneyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekaṁ samūhanitvā ekattha uposathaṁ kātuṁ.","en":"Soon afterwards in a certain monastery, they designated two different observance-day halls.\nMonks gathered in both places,\neach group thinking, “The observance-day ceremony will be done here.”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“You shouldn’t designate two different observance-day halls within the same monastery.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nYou should abolish one of them and do the observance-day ceremony in one place."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:8.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:8.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.10","pli-tv-kd2:8.4.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañca pana, bhikkhave, samūhantabbaṁ.\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho itthannāmaṁ uposathāgāraṁ samūhaneyya.\nEsā ñatti.\nSuṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nSaṅgho itthannāmaṁ uposathāgāraṁ samūhanati.\nYassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa uposathāgārassa samugghāto, so tuṇhassa;\nyassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.\nSamūhataṁ saṅghena itthannāmaṁ uposathāgāraṁ.\nKhamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.","en":"And it should be abolished like this.\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, it should abolish such-and-such an observance-day hall.\nThis is the motion.\nPlease, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha abolishes such-and-such an observance-day hall.\nAny monk who approves of abolishing such-and-such an observance-day hall should remain silent.\nAny monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.\nThe Sangha has abolished such-and-such an observance-day hall.\nThe Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:9.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:9.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:9.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:9.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:9.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:9.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:9.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:9.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:9.1.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"6. Uposathappamukhānujānana\nTena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse atikhuddakaṁ uposathāgāraṁ sammataṁ hoti, tadahuposathe mahābhikkhusaṅgho sannipatito hoti.\nBhikkhū asammatāya bhūmiyā nisinnā pātimokkhaṁ assosuṁ.\nAtha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—\n‘uposathāgāraṁ sammannitvā uposatho kātabbo’ti, mayañcamhā asammatāya bhūmiyā nisinnā pātimokkhaṁ assumhā, kato nu kho amhākaṁ uposatho, akato nu kho”ti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Sammatāya vā, bhikkhave, bhūmiyā nisinnā asammatāya vā yato pātimokkhaṁ suṇāti, katovassa uposatho.","en":"6. The allowance for an observance-day forecourt\nAt one time in a certain monastery, they had designated an observance-day hall that was too small. On the observance day a large sangha of monks gathered there.\nSome monks listened to the recitation of the Monastic Code while sitting outside the designated area.\nKnowing\nthat the Buddha had laid down a rule\nthat the observance-day ceremony should be done after designating an observance-day hall, they wondered, “Have we done the observance-day ceremony or not?”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“Whether you listen to the recitation of the Monastic Code while seated within or outside the designated area, in either case you have done the observance-day ceremony."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:9.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:9.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.8","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.9","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.10","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.11","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.12","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.13","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.14","pli-tv-kd2:9.2.15"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena hi, bhikkhave, saṅgho yāva mahantaṁ uposathappamukhaṁ ākaṅkhati, tāva mahantaṁ uposathappamukhaṁ sammannatu.\nEvañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbaṁ.\nPaṭhamaṁ nimittā kittetabbā.\nNimitte kittetvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho etehi nimittehi uposathappamukhaṁ sammanneyya.\nEsā ñatti.\nSuṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYāvatā samantā nimittā kittitā.\nSaṅgho etehi nimittehi uposathappamukhaṁ sammannati.\nYassāyasmato khamati etehi nimittehi uposathappamukhassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa;\nyassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.\nSammataṁ saṅghena etehi nimittehi uposathappamukhaṁ.\nKhamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.","en":"Still, the Sangha may designate an observance-day forecourt as large as it likes.\nAnd it should be designated like this.\nFirst the markers should be announced.\nThen a competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, it should designate an observance-day forecourt based on the announced markers.\nThis is the motion.\nPlease, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha designates an observance-day forecourt based on the announced markers.\nAny monk who approves of designating an observance-day forecourt based on these markers should remain silent.\nAny monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.\nThe Sangha has designated an observance-day forecourt based on these markers.\nThe Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:10.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:10.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:10.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:10.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:10.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:10.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:10.1.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe navakā bhikkhū paṭhamataraṁ sannipatitvā—\n“na tāva therā āgacchantī”ti—\npakkamiṁsu.\nUposatho vikāle ahosi.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe therehi bhikkhūhi paṭhamataraṁ sannipatitun”ti.","en":"On one occasion, on the observance day in a certain monastery, the junior monks had gathered first. Thinking,\n“There’s no point in being here before the senior monks arrive,”\nthey left.\nAs a consequence, the observance-day ceremony was done at the wrong time.\n“On the observance day, the senior monks should gather first.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:11.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:11.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.9","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.10","pli-tv-kd2:11.1.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sambahulā āvāsā samānasīmā honti.\nTattha bhikkhū vivadanti—\n“amhākaṁ āvāse uposatho karīyatu, amhākaṁ āvāse uposatho karīyatū”ti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Idha pana, bhikkhave, sambahulā āvāsā samānasīmā honti.\nTattha bhikkhū vivadanti—\n‘amhākaṁ āvāse uposatho karīyatu, amhākaṁ āvāse uposatho karīyatū’ti.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi sabbeheva ekajjhaṁ sannipatitvā uposatho kātabbo.\nYattha vā pana thero bhikkhu viharati, tattha sannipatitvā uposatho kātabbo,\nna tveva vaggena saṅghena uposatho kātabbo.\nYo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"At that time at Rājagaha, there was a number of monasteries within the same monastery zone.\nThe monks argued\nabout where the observance-day ceremony should be done.\n“When there are a number of monasteries within the same zone\nand the monks are arguing\nabout where the observance-day ceremony should be done,\nthey should all gather in one place and do the observance-day ceremony there.\nOr they should gather wherever the most senior monk is staying.\nYou shouldn’t do the observance-day ceremony with an incomplete sangha.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:12.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:12.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:12.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:12.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:12.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:12.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:12.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:12.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:12.1.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"7. Avippavāsasīmānujānana\nTena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo andhakavindā rājagahaṁ uposathaṁ āgacchanto antarāmagge nadiṁ taranto manaṁ vūḷho ahosi, cīvarānissa allāni.\nBhikkhū āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavocuṁ—\n“kissa te, āvuso, cīvarāni allānī”ti?\n“Idhāhaṁ, āvuso, andhakavindā rājagahaṁ uposathaṁ āgacchanto antarāmagge nadiṁ taranto manamhi vūḷho.\nTena me cīvarāni allānī”ti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Yā sā, bhikkhave, saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṁ sīmaṁ ticīvarena avippavāsaṁ sammannatu.","en":"7. The allowance for a may-stay-apart zone\nOn one occasion Venerable Mahākassapa was coming from Andhakavinda to Rājagaha for the observance-day ceremony. As he was crossing a river on the way, he briefly got carried away by the current and his robes got wet.\nThe monks asked him\nwhy his robes were wet,\nand he told them what had happened.\nThey told the Buddha.\n“When the Sangha has established a monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together, the Sangha may designate this same zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:12.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:12.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.8","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.9","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.10","pli-tv-kd2:12.2.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbā.\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ saṅgho taṁ sīmaṁ ticīvarena avippavāsaṁ sammanneyya.\nEsā ñatti.\nSuṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṁ sīmaṁ ticīvarena avippavāsaṁ sammannati.\nYassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya ticīvarena avippavāsāya sammuti, so tuṇhassa;\nyassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.\nSammatā sā sīmā saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāsā.\nKhamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.","en":"And it should be designated like this.\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha has established a monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together. If the Sangha is ready, it should designate this same zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area.\nThis is the motion.\nPlease, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha has established a monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together. The Sangha designates this same zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area.\nAny monk who approves of designating this monastery zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area should remain silent.\nAny monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.\nThe Sangha has designated this monastery zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area.\nThe Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:12.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:12.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:12.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:12.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:12.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:12.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:12.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:12.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:12.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:12.3.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā ticīvarena avippavāsasammuti anuññātāti antaraghare cīvarāni nikkhipanti.\nTāni cīvarāni nassantipi ḍayhantipi undūrehipi khajjanti.\nBhikkhū duccoḷā honti lūkhacīvarā.\nBhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—\n“kissa tumhe, āvuso, duccoḷā lūkhacīvarā”ti?\n“Idha mayaṁ, āvuso, bhagavatā ticīvarena avippavāsasammuti anuññātāti antaraghare cīvarāni nikkhipimhā.\nTāni cīvarāni naṭṭhānipi daḍḍhānipi, undūrehipi khāyitāni, tena mayaṁ duccoḷā lūkhacīvarā”ti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Yā sā, bhikkhave, saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṁ sīmaṁ ticīvarena avippavāsaṁ sammannatu, ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca.","en":"When they heard that the Buddha had allowed the designation of a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area, monks stored their robes in inhabited areas.\nTheir robes were lost, burned, and eaten by rats.\nAs a consequence, they had shabby robes.\nOther monks asked them why,\nand they told them what had happened.\nThey told the Buddha.\n“When the Sangha has established a monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together, the Sangha may designate this same zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area, leaving out inhabited areas and the vicinity of inhabited areas."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:12.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:12.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.10","pli-tv-kd2:12.4.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbā.\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho taṁ sīmaṁ ticīvarena avippavāsaṁ sammanneyya, ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca.\nEsā ñatti.\nSuṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṁ sīmaṁ ticīvarena avippavāsaṁ sammannati, ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca.\nYassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya ticīvarena avippavāsāya sammuti, ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca, so tuṇhassa;\nyassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.\nSammatā sā sīmā saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāsā, ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca.\nKhamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.","en":"And it should be designated like this.\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha has established a monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together. If the Sangha is ready, it should designate this same zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area, leaving out inhabited areas and the vicinity of inhabited areas.\nThis is the motion.\nPlease, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha has established a monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together. The Sangha designates this same zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area, leaving out inhabited areas and the vicinity of inhabited areas.\nAny monk who approves of designating this monastery zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area, leaving out inhabited areas and the vicinity of inhabited areas, should remain silent.\nAny monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.\nThe Sangha has designated this monastery zone as a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area, leaving out inhabited areas and the vicinity of inhabited areas.\nThe Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:12.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:12.5.0","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.5","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.6","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.7","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.8","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.9","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.10","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.11","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.12","pli-tv-kd2:12.5.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"8. Sīmāsamūhanana\n“Sīmaṁ, bhikkhave, sammannantena paṭhamaṁ samānasaṁvāsasīmā sammannitabbā, pacchā ticīvarena avippavāso sammannitabbo.\nSīmaṁ, bhikkhave, samūhanantena paṭhamaṁ ticīvarena avippavāso samūhantabbo, pacchā samānasaṁvāsasīmā samūhantabbā.\nEvañca pana, bhikkhave, ticīvarena avippavāso samūhantabbo.\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYo so saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāso sammato, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho taṁ ticīvarena avippavāsaṁ samūhaneyya.\nEsā ñatti.\nSuṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYo so saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāso sammato, saṅgho taṁ ticīvarena avippavāsaṁ samūhanati.\nYassāyasmato khamati etassa ticīvarena avippavāsassa samugghāto, so tuṇhassa;\nyassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.\nSamūhato so saṅghena ticīvarena avippavāso.\nKhamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’ti.","en":"8. The abolishing of monastery zones\n“Monks, when you’re establishing a monastery zone, the zone that defines who belongs to the same community should be established first. Afterwards you may designate the may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area.\nAnd when you’re abolishing a monastery zone, the may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area should be abolished first. Afterwards you may abolish the zone that defines who belongs to the same community.\nAnd this how a may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area should be abolished.\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, it should abolish this may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area.\nThis is the motion.\nPlease, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha abolishes this may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area.\nAny monk who approves of abolishing this may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area should remain silent.\nAny monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.\nThe Sangha has abolished this may-stay-apart-from-the-three-robes area.\nThe Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:12.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:12.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.4","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.5","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.6","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.7","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.8","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.9","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.10","pli-tv-kd2:12.6.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sīmā samūhantabbā.\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho taṁ sīmaṁ samūhaneyya samānasaṁvāsaṁ ekuposathaṁ.\nEsā ñatti.\nSuṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYā sā saṅghena sīmā sammatā samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā, saṅgho taṁ sīmaṁ samūhanati samānasaṁvāsaṁ ekuposathaṁ.\nYassāyasmato khamati etissā sīmāya samānasaṁvāsāya ekuposathāya samugghāto, so tuṇhassa;\nyassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.\nSamūhatā sā sīmā saṅghena samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā.\nKhamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.","en":"And a monastery zone should be abolished like this.\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, it should abolish this monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together.\nThis is the motion.\nPlease, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe Sangha abolishes this monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together.\nAny monk who approves of abolishing this monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together, should remain silent.\nAny monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.\nThe Sangha has abolished this monastery zone, defining who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together.\nThe Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will remember it thus.’"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:12.7","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:12.7.0","pli-tv-kd2:12.7.1","pli-tv-kd2:12.7.2","pli-tv-kd2:12.7.3","pli-tv-kd2:12.7.4","pli-tv-kd2:12.7.5","pli-tv-kd2:12.7.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"9. Gāmasīmādi\n“Asammatāya, bhikkhave, sīmāya aṭṭhapitāya, yaṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharati, yā tassa vā gāmassa gāmasīmā, nigamassa vā nigamasīmā, ayaṁ tattha samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā.\nAgāmake ce, bhikkhave, araññe samantā sattabbhantarā, ayaṁ tattha samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā.\nSabbā, bhikkhave, nadī asīmā;\nsabbo samuddo asīmo;\nsabbo jātassaro asīmo.\nNadiyā vā, bhikkhave, samudde vā jātassare vā yaṁ majjhimassa purisassa samantā udakukkhepā, ayaṁ tattha samānasaṁvāsā ekuposathā”ti.","en":"9. Zones of inhabited areas, etc.\n“There are monks who live supported by inhabited areas where no monastery zone has been established. In these cases, the zone of the inhabited area defines who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together.\nIf it is an uninhabited area in the wilderness, a distance of 80 meters on all sides defines who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together.\nA whole river,\na whole ocean,\nor a whole lake cannot be a monastery zone in its own right.\nIn a river, in the ocean, and in a lake, the zone that defines who belongs to the same community and who should do the observance-day ceremony together is the distance an average man can splash water in all directions.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:13.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:13.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:13.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:13.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:13.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:13.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:13.1.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīmāya sīmaṁ sambhindanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Yesaṁ, bhikkhave, sīmā paṭhamaṁ sammatā tesaṁ taṁ kammaṁ dhammikaṁ akuppaṁ ṭhānārahaṁ.\nYesaṁ, bhikkhave, sīmā pacchā sammatā tesaṁ taṁ kammaṁ adhammikaṁ kuppaṁ aṭṭhānārahaṁ.\nNa, bhikkhave, sīmāya sīmā sambhinditabbā.\nYo sambhindeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"At one time the monks from the group of six established a monastery zone that overlapped with an existing monastery zone.\n“The establishment of the first zone is a legitimate legal procedure that is irreversible and fit to stand.\nThe establishment of the subsequent zone is an illegitimate legal procedure that is reversible and unfit to stand.\nYou shouldn’t establish a monastery zone that overlaps with an existing monastery zone.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:13.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:13.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:13.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:13.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:13.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:13.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:13.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:13.2.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sīmāya sīmaṁ ajjhottharanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Yesaṁ, bhikkhave, sīmā paṭhamaṁ sammatā tesaṁ taṁ kammaṁ dhammikaṁ akuppaṁ ṭhānārahaṁ.\nYesaṁ, bhikkhave, sīmā pacchā sammatā tesaṁ taṁ kammaṁ adhammikaṁ kuppaṁ aṭṭhānārahaṁ.\nNa, bhikkhave, sīmāya sīmā ajjhottharitabbā.\nYo ajjhotthareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, sīmaṁ sammannantena sīmantarikaṁ ṭhapetvā sīmaṁ sammannitun”ti.","en":"At one time the monks from the group of six established a monastery zone that enclosed one existing monastery zone within it.\n“The establishment of the first zone is a legitimate legal procedure that is irreversible and fit to stand.\nThe establishment of the subsequent zone is an illegitimate legal procedure that is reversible and unfit to stand.\nYou shouldn’t establish a monastery zone that encloses an existing monastery zone.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nWhen you establish a monastery zone, you should leave a gap to any existing monastery zone.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:14.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:14.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:14.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:14.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:14.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:14.1.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"10. Uposathabhedādi\nAtha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kati nu kho uposathā”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Dveme, bhikkhave, uposathā— cātuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve uposathā”ti.","en":"10. Breach of the observance-day ceremony, etc.\nThe monks thought,\n“How many observance days are there?”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“There are two observance days: the fourteenth and the fifteenth day of the lunar half-month.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:14.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:14.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:14.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:14.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:14.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:14.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:14.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:14.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:14.2.8","pli-tv-kd2:14.2.9","pli-tv-kd2:14.2.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kati nu kho uposathakammānī”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, uposathakammāni—\nadhammena vaggaṁ uposathakammaṁ,\nadhammena samaggaṁ uposathakammaṁ,\ndhammena vaggaṁ uposathakammaṁ,\ndhammena samaggaṁ uposathakammanti.\nTatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṁ adhammena vaggaṁ uposathakammaṁ, na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṁ uposathakammaṁ kātabbaṁ.\nNa ca mayā evarūpaṁ uposathakammaṁ anuññātaṁ.","en":"The monks thought,\n“How many kinds of observance-day procedures are there?”\n“There are these four kinds:\nThe observance-day procedure that is illegitimate and has an incomplete assembly.\nThe observance-day procedure that is illegitimate but has a complete assembly.\nThe observance-day procedure that is legitimate but has an incomplete assembly.\nThe observance-day procedure that is legitimate and has a complete assembly.\nThe first,"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:14.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:14.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:14.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:14.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:14.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:14.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:14.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:14.3.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṁ adhammena samaggaṁ uposathakammaṁ, na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṁ uposathakammaṁ kātabbaṁ.\nNa ca mayā evarūpaṁ uposathakammaṁ anuññātaṁ.\nTatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṁ dhammena vaggaṁ uposathakammaṁ, na, bhikkhave, evarūpaṁ uposathakammaṁ kātabbaṁ.\nNa ca mayā evarūpaṁ uposathakammaṁ anuññātaṁ.\nTatra, bhikkhave, yadidaṁ dhammena samaggaṁ uposathakammaṁ, evarūpaṁ, bhikkhave, uposathakammaṁ kātabbaṁ, evarūpañca mayā uposathakammaṁ anuññātaṁ.\nTasmātiha, bhikkhave, evarūpaṁ uposathakammaṁ karissāma yadidaṁ dhammena samagganti—\nevañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti.","en":"second,\nand third of these shouldn’t be done;\nI haven’t allowed such procedures.\nThe fourth should be done; I have allowed such procedures.\nTherefore, monks, you should train like this: ‘We will do observance-day procedures that are legitimate and have a complete assembly.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.9","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.10","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.11","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.12","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.13","pli-tv-kd2:15.1.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"11. Saṅkhittena pātimokkhuddesādi\nAtha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kati nu kho pātimokkhuddesā”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Pañcime, bhikkhave, pātimokkhuddesā.\nNidānaṁ uddisitvā avasesaṁ sutena sāvetabbaṁ.\nAyaṁ paṭhamo pātimokkhuddeso.\nNidānaṁ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā avasesaṁ sutena sāvetabbaṁ.\nAyaṁ dutiyo pātimokkhuddeso.\nNidānaṁ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā terasa saṅghādisese uddisitvā avasesaṁ sutena sāvetabbaṁ.\nAyaṁ tatiyo pātimokkhuddeso.\nNidānaṁ uddisitvā cattāri pārājikāni uddisitvā terasa saṅghādisese uddisitvā dve aniyate uddisitvā avasesaṁ sutena sāvetabbaṁ.\nAyaṁ catuttho pātimokkhuddeso.\nVitthāreneva pañcamo.\nIme kho, bhikkhave, pañca pātimokkhuddesā”ti.","en":"11. The recitation of the Monastic Code in brief, etc.\nThe monks thought,\n“How many ways are there of reciting the Monastic Code?”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“There are these five ways of reciting the Monastic Code:\nAfter reciting the introduction, the rest is announced as if heard.\nThis is the first way.\nAfter reciting the introduction and the four rules entailing expulsion, the rest is announced as if heard.\nThis is the second way.\nAfter reciting the introduction, the four rules entailing expulsion, and the thirteen rules entailing suspension, the rest is announced as if heard.\nThis is the third way.\nAfter reciting the introduction, the four rules entailing expulsion, the thirteen rules entailing suspension, and the two undetermined rules, the rest is announced as if heard.\nThis is the fourth way.\nIn full is the fifth.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:15.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:15.2.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū—\n“bhagavatā saṅkhittena pātimokkhuddeso anuññāto”ti—\nsabbakālaṁ saṅkhittena pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, saṅkhittena pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"When they heard\nthat the Buddha had allowed the recitation of the Monastic Code in brief,\nsome monks recited it in brief all the time.\n“You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code in brief.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.3.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe savarabhayaṁ ahosi.\nBhikkhū nāsakkhiṁsu vitthārena pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sati antarāye saṅkhittena pātimokkhaṁ uddisitun”ti.","en":"At that time, on the observance day in a certain monastery in the Kosalan country, there was a threat from primitive tribes.\nThe monks were unable to recite the Monastic Code in full.\n“I allow you to recite the Monastic Code in brief when there are threats.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:15.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:15.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:15.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:15.4.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū asatipi antarāye saṅkhittena pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, asati antarāye saṅkhittena pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, sati antarāye saṅkhittena pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ.\nTatrime antarāyā—\nrājantarāyo, corantarāyo, agyantarāyo, udakantarāyo, manussantarāyo, amanussantarāyo, vāḷantarāyo, sarīsapantarāyo, jīvitantarāyo, brahmacariyantarāyoti.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpesu antarāyesu saṅkhittena pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ, asati antarāye vitthārenā”ti.","en":"The monks from the group of six recited the Monastic Code in brief even when there were no threats.\n“You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code in brief when there are no threats.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nI allow you to recite the Monastic Code in brief when there are any of these threats:\na threat from kings, bandits, fire, floods, people, spirits, predatory animals, or creeping animals, or a threat to life, or a threat to the monastic life.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:15.5.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhā dhammaṁ bhāsanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhena dhammo bhāsitabbo.\nYo bhāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā sāmaṁ vā dhammaṁ bhāsituṁ paraṁ vā ajjhesitun”ti.","en":"On one occasion the monks from the group of six gave a teaching in the midst of the Sangha without being asked.\n“You shouldn’t give a teaching in the midst of the Sangha without being asked.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nI allow the most senior monk either to give a teaching himself or to ask someone else.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.6.0","pli-tv-kd2:15.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.6.4","pli-tv-kd2:15.6.5","pli-tv-kd2:15.6.6","pli-tv-kd2:15.6.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"12. Vinayapucchanakathā\nTena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe asammatā vinayaṁ pucchanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe asammatena vinayo pucchitabbo.\nYo puccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe sammatena vinayaṁ pucchituṁ.\nEvañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo—\nattanā vā attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo.","en":"12. Discussion of questioning on the Monastic Law\nOn one occasion the monks from the group of six questioned others on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha without being approved.\n“You shouldn’t question others on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha without being approved.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nI allow you to question others on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha after being approved.\nAnd it should be done like this.\nOne is either approved through oneself or through someone else."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.7","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.7.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.7.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.7.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.7.4","pli-tv-kd2:15.7.5","pli-tv-kd2:15.7.6","pli-tv-kd2:15.7.7","pli-tv-kd2:15.7.8","pli-tv-kd2:15.7.9","pli-tv-kd2:15.7.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Kathañca attanāva attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ?\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ itthannāmaṁ vinayaṁ puccheyyan’ti.\nEvaṁ attanāva attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ.\nKathañca parena paro sammannitabbo?\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṁ vinayaṁ puccheyyā’ti.\nEvaṁ parena paro sammannitabbo”ti.","en":"How is one approved through oneself?\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, I will question so-and-so on the Monastic Law.’\nAnd how is one approved through someone else?\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, so-and-so will question so-and-so on the Monastic Law.’"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.8","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.8.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.8.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.8.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.8.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe sammatā vinayaṁ pucchanti.\nChabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṁ, labhanti appaccayaṁ, vadhena tajjenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe sammatenapi parisaṁ oloketvā puggalaṁ tulayitvā vinayaṁ pucchitun”ti.","en":"Soon good monks asked questions on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha after being approved.\nThe monks from the group of six became angry and bitter, and they made threats of violence.\n“The monk who has been approved should first survey the gathering and evaluate the individuals, and then ask questions on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.9","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.9.0","pli-tv-kd2:15.9.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.9.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.9.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.9.4","pli-tv-kd2:15.9.5","pli-tv-kd2:15.9.6","pli-tv-kd2:15.9.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"13. Vinayavissajjanakathā\nTena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe asammatā vinayaṁ vissajjenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe asammatena vinayo vissajjetabbo.\nYo vissajjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe sammatena vinayaṁ vissajjetuṁ.\nEvañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbaṁ.\nAttanā vā attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo.","en":"13. Discussion of replying to questions on the Monastic Law\nOn one occasion the monks from the group of six replied to questions on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha without being approved.\n“You shouldn’t reply to questions on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha without being approved.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nI allow you to reply to questions on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha after being approved.\nAnd it should be done like this.\nOne is either approved through oneself or through someone else."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.10","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.10.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.10.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.10.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.10.4","pli-tv-kd2:15.10.5","pli-tv-kd2:15.10.6","pli-tv-kd2:15.10.7","pli-tv-kd2:15.10.8","pli-tv-kd2:15.10.9","pli-tv-kd2:15.10.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Kathañca attanāva attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ?\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, ahaṁ itthannāmena vinayaṁ puṭṭho vissajjeyyan’ti.\nEvaṁ attanāva attānaṁ sammannitabbaṁ.\nKathañca parena paro sammannitabbo?\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, itthannāmo itthannāmena vinayaṁ puṭṭho vissajjeyyā’ti.\nEvaṁ parena paro sammannitabbo”ti.","en":"How is one approved through oneself?\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, I will reply when asked by so-and-so on the Monastic Law.’\nAnd how is one approved through someone else?\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nIf the Sangha is ready, so-and-so will reply when asked by so-and-so on the Monastic Law.’"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:15.11","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:15.11.1","pli-tv-kd2:15.11.2","pli-tv-kd2:15.11.3","pli-tv-kd2:15.11.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe sammatā vinayaṁ vissajjenti.\nChabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṁ, labhanti appaccayaṁ, vadhena tajjenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe sammatenapi parisaṁ oloketvā puggalaṁ tulayitvā vinayaṁ vissajjetun”ti.","en":"Soon good monks replied to questions on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha after being approved.\nThe monks from the group of six became angry and bitter, and they made threats of violence.\n“The monk who has been approved should first survey the gathering and evaluate the individuals, and then reply to questions on the Monastic Law in the midst of the Sangha.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:16.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:16.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:16.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:16.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:16.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:16.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:16.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:16.1.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"14. Codanākathā\nTena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anokāsakataṁ bhikkhuṁ āpattiyā codenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, anokāsakato bhikkhu āpattiyā codetabbo.\nYo codeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, okāsaṁ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codetuṁ—\nkarotu āyasmā okāsaṁ, ahaṁ taṁ vattukāmo”ti.","en":"14. Discussion of accusing\nAt one time the monks from the group of six accused a monk of an offense without first getting his permission to do so.\n“You shouldn’t accuse a monk of an offense without first getting his permission.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nYou should only accuse someone of an offense after getting their permission:\n‘I wish to speak to you, venerable, please give me permission.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:16.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:16.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:16.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:16.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:16.2.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū okāsaṁ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codenti.\nChabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṁ, labhanti appaccayaṁ, vadhena tajjenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, katepi okāse puggalaṁ tulayitvā āpattiyā codetun”ti.","en":"Soon, after getting their permission, good monks accused the monks from the group of six of an offense.\nThe monks from the group of six became angry and bitter, and they made threats of violence.\n“Even when you have their permission, you should first evaluate the individual and then accuse them of an offense.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:16.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:16.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:16.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:16.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:16.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:16.3.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū—“puramhākaṁ pesalā bhikkhū okāsaṁ kārāpentī”ti—paṭikacceva suddhānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anāpattikānaṁ avatthusmiṁ akāraṇe okāsaṁ kārāpenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, suddhānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anāpattikānaṁ avatthusmiṁ akāraṇe okāso kārāpetabbo.\nYo kārāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, puggalaṁ tulayitvā okāsaṁ kātun”ti.","en":"At this time the monks from the group of six—thinking to act before the good monks asked them for permission, but having no reason for doing so—asked permission from pure monks who had not committed any offenses.\n“When there is no reason for doing so, you shouldn’t ask permission from pure monks who haven’t committed any offenses.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nAnd you should give permission only after evaluating the individual.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:16.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:16.4.0","pli-tv-kd2:16.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:16.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:16.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:16.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:16.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:16.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:16.4.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"15. Adhammakammapaṭikkosanādi\nTena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe adhammakammaṁ karonti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṁ kātabbaṁ.\nYo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.\nKarontiyeva adhammakammaṁ.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkositun”ti.","en":"15. Objecting to an illegitimate legal procedure, etc.\nOn one occasion the monks from the group of six did an illegitimate legal procedure in the midst of the Sangha.\n“You shouldn’t do illegitimate legal procedures.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”\nThey still did illegitimate procedures.\n“You should object when an illegitimate legal procedure is being done.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:16.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:16.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:16.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:16.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:16.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:16.5.5","pli-tv-kd2:16.5.6","pli-tv-kd2:16.5.7","pli-tv-kd2:16.5.8","pli-tv-kd2:16.5.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkosanti.\nChabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṁ, labhanti appaccayaṁ, vadhena tajjenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, diṭṭhimpi āvikātunti.\nTesaṁyeva santike diṭṭhiṁ āvikaronti.\nChabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṁ, labhanti appaccayaṁ, vadhena tajjenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhi pañcahi paṭikkosituṁ, dvīhi tīhi diṭṭhiṁ āvikātuṁ, ekena adhiṭṭhātuṁ—\n‘na metaṁ khamatī’”ti.","en":"Soon afterwards good monks objected when the monks from the group of six did an illegitimate procedure.\nThe monks from the group of six became angry and bitter, and they made threats of violence.\n“I also allow you to state your view.”\nThey did.\nOnce again the monks from the group of six became angry and bitter, making threats of violence.\n“A group of four or five should object, a group of two or three may state their view, and a single person may make a silent determination:\n‘I don’t approve of this.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:16.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:16.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:16.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:16.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:16.6.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe pātimokkhaṁ uddisamānā sañcicca na sāventi.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“ Na, bhikkhave, pātimokkhuddesakena sañcicca na sāvetabbaṁ.\nYo na sāveyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"On one occasion when the monks from the group of six were reciting the Monastic Code in the midst of the Sangha, they deliberately made themselves inaudible.\n“When reciting the Monastic Code, you shouldn’t deliberately make yourselves inaudible.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:16.7","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:16.7.1","pli-tv-kd2:16.7.2","pli-tv-kd2:16.7.3","pli-tv-kd2:16.7.4","pli-tv-kd2:16.7.5","pli-tv-kd2:16.7.6","pli-tv-kd2:16.7.7","pli-tv-kd2:16.7.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī saṅghassa pātimokkhuddesako hoti kākassarako.\nAtha kho āyasmato udāyissa etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—\n‘pātimokkhuddesakena sāvetabban’ti, ahañcamhi kākassarako, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pātimokkhuddesakena vāyamituṁ—\n‘kathaṁ sāveyyan’ti.\nVāyamantassa anāpattī”ti.","en":"At one time Venerable Udāyī was the Sangha’s reciter of the Monastic Code, but he had a hoarse voice.\nHe knew\nthat the Buddha had laid down a rule\nthat the reciters of the Monastic Code should make themselves heard, and he thought, ‘I have a hoarse voice. What should I do?’\n“The reciter of the Monastic Code should make an effort\nto be heard.\nIf you make an effort, there’s no offense.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:16.8","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:16.8.1","pli-tv-kd2:16.8.2","pli-tv-kd2:16.8.3","pli-tv-kd2:16.8.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena devadatto sagahaṭṭhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisati.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, sagahaṭṭhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"On one occasion Devadatta recited the Monastic Code in a gathering that included lay people.\n“You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code in a gathering that includes lay people.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:16.9","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:16.9.1","pli-tv-kd2:16.9.2","pli-tv-kd2:16.9.3","pli-tv-kd2:16.9.4","pli-tv-kd2:16.9.5","pli-tv-kd2:16.9.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhā pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, saṅghamajjhe anajjhiṭṭhena pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, therādhikaṁ pātimokkhan”ti.\nAññatitthiyabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito paṭhamo.","en":"On one occasion the monks from the group of six recited the Monastic Code in the midst of the Sangha without being asked.\n“You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code in the midst of the Sangha without first being asked to do so.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nThe most senior monk should be in charge of the recitation of the Monastic Code.”\nThe first section for recitation on monastics of other religions is finished."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:17.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:17.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:17.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:17.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:17.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:17.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:17.1.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"16. Pātimokkhuddesakaajjhesanādi\nAtha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena codanāvatthu tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.\nAnupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena codanāvatthu tadavasari.\nTena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti.\nTattha thero bhikkhu bālo hoti abyatto.\nSo na jānāti uposathaṁ vā uposathakammaṁ vā, pātimokkhaṁ vā pātimokkhuddesaṁ vā.","en":"16. Requesting the recitation of the Monastic Code, etc.\nWhen the Buddha had stayed at Rājagaha for as long as he liked, he set out wandering toward Codanāvatthu.\nWhen he eventually arrived, he stayed there.\nAt that time a number of monks were staying in a certain monastery\nwhere the most senior monk was ignorant and incompetent.\nHe did not know about the observance-day ceremony or the observance-day procedure, nor about the Monastic Code or its recitation."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:17.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:17.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:17.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:17.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:17.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:17.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:17.2.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—\n‘therādhikaṁ pātimokkhan’ti, ayañca amhākaṁ thero bālo abyatto, na jānāti uposathaṁ vā uposathakammaṁ vā, pātimokkhaṁ vā pātimokkhuddesaṁ vā.\nKathaṁ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yo tattha bhikkhu byatto paṭibalo tassādheyyaṁ pātimokkhan”ti.","en":"The other monks knew\nthat the Buddha had laid down a rule\nthat the most senior monk should be in charge of the recitation of the Monastic Code,\nand so they wondered what to do.\nThey told the Buddha.\n“In such a case, a competent and capable monk there should be in charge of the recitation of the Monastic Code.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:17.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:17.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.12","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.13","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.14","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.15","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.16","pli-tv-kd2:17.3.17"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā abyattā.\nTe na jānanti uposathaṁ vā uposathakammaṁ vā, pātimokkhaṁ vā pātimokkhuddesaṁ vā.\nTe theraṁ ajjhesiṁsu—\n“uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkhan”ti.\nSo evamāha—\n“na me, āvuso, vattatī”ti.\nDutiyaṁ theraṁ ajjhesiṁsu—\n“uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkhan”ti.\nSopi evamāha—\n“na me, āvuso, vattatī”ti.\nTatiyaṁ theraṁ ajjhesiṁsu—\n“uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkhan”ti.\nSopi evamāha—\n“na me, āvuso, vattatī”ti.\nEteneva upāyena yāva saṅghanavakaṁ ajjhesiṁsu—\n“uddisatu āyasmā pātimokkhan”ti.\nSopi evamāha—","en":"On one occasion on the observance day, a number of ignorant and incompetent monks were staying in a certain monastery.\nThey did not know about the observance-day ceremony or the observance-day procedure, nor about the Monastic Code or its recitation.\nThey requested the most senior monk\nto recite the Monastic Code,\nbut he replied\nthat he was incapable.\nThey made the same request of the second-most\nand third-most senior monks,\nand on both occasions\nreceived the same reply.\nThey then requested\neach monk in turn until they reached the most junior monk.\nAnd they all gave the same reply."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:17.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:17.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.10","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.11","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.12","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.13","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.14","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.15","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.16","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.17","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.18","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.19","pli-tv-kd2:17.4.20"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“na me, bhante, vattatī”ti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā abyattā.\nTe na jānanti uposathaṁ vā uposathakammaṁ vā, pātimokkhaṁ vā pātimokkhuddesaṁ vā.\nTe theraṁ ajjhesanti—\n‘uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkhan’ti.\nSo evaṁ vadeti—\n‘na me, āvuso, vattatī’ti.\nDutiyaṁ theraṁ ajjhesanti—\n‘uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkhan’ti.\nSopi evaṁ vadeti—\n‘na me, āvuso, vattatī’ti.\nTatiyaṁ theraṁ ajjhesanti—\n‘uddisatu, bhante, thero pātimokkhan’ti.\nSopi evaṁ vadeti—\n‘na me, āvuso, vattatī’ti.\nEteneva upāyena yāva saṅghanavakaṁ ajjhesanti—\n‘uddisatu āyasmā pātimokkhan’ti.\nSopi evaṁ vadeti—\n‘na me, bhante, vattatī’ti.","en":"“When all the monks in a monastery are ignorant and incompetent,\nand none of them is able to recite the Monastic Code,"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:17.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:17.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:17.5.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṁ pāhetabbo—\ngacchāvuso, saṅkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṁ pariyāpuṇitvāna āgacchāhī”ti.","en":"they should straightaway send a monk to a neighboring monastery\nto learn the Monastic Code, either in brief or in full.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:17.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:17.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:17.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:17.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:17.6.4","pli-tv-kd2:17.6.5","pli-tv-kd2:17.6.6","pli-tv-kd2:17.6.7","pli-tv-kd2:17.6.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kena nu kho pāhetabbo”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṁ bhikkhuṁ āṇāpetun”ti.\nTherena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na gacchanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, therena āṇattena agilānena na gantabbaṁ.\nYo na gaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"The monks thought,\n“Who is responsible for sending someone?”\n“The most senior monk should tell a junior monk to go.”\nAlthough told by the senior monk, the junior monks did not go.\n“If a monk isn’t sick and he’s told by the most senior monk to go, he should go.\nIf he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:18.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:18.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:18.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:18.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:18.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:18.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:18.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:18.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:18.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:18.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:18.1.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"17. Pakkhagaṇanādiuggahaṇānujānana\nAtha kho bhagavā codanāvatthusmiṁ yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṁ paccāgañchi.\nTena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū piṇḍāya carante pucchanti—\n“katimī, bhante, pakkhassā”ti?\nBhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—\n“na kho mayaṁ, āvuso, jānāmā”ti.\nManussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—\n“pakkhagaṇanamattampime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na jānanti, kiṁ panime aññaṁ kiñci kalyāṇaṁ jānissantī”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pakkhagaṇanaṁ uggahetun”ti.","en":"17. The instruction to learn the number of the lunar half-month, etc.\nWhen he had stayed at Codanāvatthu for as long as he liked, the Buddha returned to Rājagaha.\nThen, while the monks were walking for almsfood, people asked them which half-month it was.\nThey replied\nthat they did not know.\nPeople complained and criticized them,\n“These Sakyan monastics don’t even know the number of the lunar half-month. So how could they possibly know anything truly useful?”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“You should learn the counting of the lunar half-months.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:18.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:18.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:18.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:18.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:18.2.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kena nu kho pakkhagaṇanā uggahetabbā”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbeheva pakkhagaṇanaṁ uggahetun”ti.","en":"The monks thought,\n“Who should learn the counting of the lunar half-months?”\n“You should all learn the counting of the lunar half-months.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:18.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:18.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:18.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:18.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:18.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:18.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:18.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:18.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:18.3.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū piṇḍāya carante pucchanti—\n“kīvatikā, bhante, bhikkhū”ti?\nBhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—\n“na kho mayaṁ, āvuso, jānāmā”ti.\nManussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—\n“aññamaññampime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā na jānanti, kiṁ panime aññaṁ kiñci kalyāṇaṁ jānissantī”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhū gaṇetun”ti.","en":"On another occasion, while the monks were walking for almsfood, people asked them how many monks there were.\nThey replied\nthat they did not know.\nPeople complained and criticized them,\n“These Sakyan monastics don’t even know about one another. So how could they possibly know anything truly useful?”\n“You should count the monks.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:18.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:18.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:18.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:18.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:18.4.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kadā nu kho bhikkhū gaṇetabbā”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe nāmaggena vā gaṇetuṁ, salākaṁ vā gāhetun”ti.","en":"The monks thought,\n“When should we count the monks?”\n“You should count the monks on the observance day, either by name or by distributing tickets.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:19.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:19.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.9","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.10","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.11","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.12","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.13","pli-tv-kd2:19.1.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajānantā ajjuposathoti dūraṁ gāmaṁ piṇḍāya caranti.\nTe uddissamānepi pātimokkhe āgacchanti, uddiṭṭhamattepi āgacchanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārocetuṁ ‘ajjuposatho’”ti.\nAtha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kena nu kho ārocetabbo”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā kālavato ārocetun”ti.\nTena kho pana samayena aññataro thero kālavato nassarati.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhattakālepi ārocetun”ti.\nBhattakālepi nassarati.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṁ kālaṁ sarati, taṁ kālaṁ ārocetun”ti.","en":"On one occasion, monks walked for almsfood in a faraway village, not knowing that it was the observance day.\nThey arrived back while the Monastic Code was being recited or even just after.\n“You should announce, ‘Today is the observance day.’”\nThe monks thought,\n“Who should make the announcement?”\n“The most senior monk should make the announcement early in the morning.”\nSoon afterwards a certain senior monk forgot to make the announcement early in the morning.\n“I allow you to make the announcement at the mealtime too.”\nHe forgot to make the announcement at the mealtime too.\n“I allow you to make the announcement whenever you remember.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:20.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:20.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:20.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:20.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:20.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:20.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:20.1.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"18. Pubbakaraṇānujānana\nTena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse uposathāgāraṁ uklāpaṁ hoti.\nĀgantukā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—\n“kathañhi nāma āvāsikā bhikkhū uposathāgāraṁ na sammajjissantī”ti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathāgāraṁ sammajjitun”ti.","en":"18. The instruction to do the prior duties\nOn one occasion in a certain monastery, the observance-day hall was dirty.\nNewly-arrived monks complained,\n“Why don’t the resident monks sweep the hall?”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“You should sweep the observance-day hall.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:20.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:20.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:20.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:20.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:20.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:20.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:20.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:20.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:20.2.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kena nu kho uposathāgāraṁ sammajjitabban”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṁ bhikkhuṁ āṇāpetun”ti.\nTherena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na sammajjanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, therena āṇattena agilānena na sammajjitabbaṁ.\nYo na sammajjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"The monks thought,\n“Who should sweep it?”\n“The most senior monk should tell a junior monk.”\nAlthough told by the senior monk, the junior monks did not sweep.\n“If a monk isn’t sick and he’s told by the senior monk to sweep, he should sweep.\nIf he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:20.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:20.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:20.3.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena uposathāgāre āsanaṁ apaññattaṁ hoti.\nBhikkhū chamāyaṁ nisīdanti, gattānipi cīvarānipi paṁsukitāni honti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathāgāre āsanaṁ paññapetun”ti.\nAtha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kena nu kho uposathāgāre āsanaṁ paññapetabban”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṁ bhikkhuṁ āṇāpetun”ti.\nTherena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na paññapenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, therena āṇattena agilānena na paññapetabbaṁ.\nYo na paññapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"On one occasion no seats were prepared in the observance-day hall.\nThe monks sat on the ground. They got dirty, as did their robes.\n“You should prepare seats in the observance-day hall.”\nThe monks thought,\n“Who should prepare them?”\n“The most senior monk should tell a junior monk.”\nAlthough told by the senior monk, the junior monks did not prepare them.\n“If a monk isn’t sick and he’s told by the senior monk to prepare the seats, he should do so.\nIf he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:20.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:20.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.10","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.11","pli-tv-kd2:20.4.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena uposathāgāre padīpo na hoti.\nBhikkhū andhakāre kāyampi cīvarampi akkamanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uposathāgāre padīpaṁ kātun”ti.\nAtha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kena nu kho uposathāgāre padīpo kātabbo”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṁ bhikkhuṁ āṇāpetun”ti.\nTherena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na padīpenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, therena āṇattena agilānena na padīpetabbo.\nYo na padīpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"On one occasion there was no lamp in the observance-day hall.\nBecause it was dark, the monks stepped on one another and on one another’s robes.\n“You should light a lamp in the observance-day hall.”\nThe monks thought,\n“Who should light it?”\n“The most senior monk should tell a junior monk.”\nAlthough told by the senior monk, the junior monks did not light a lamp.\n“If a monk isn’t sick and he’s told by the senior monk to light a lamp, he should do so.\nIf he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:20.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:20.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:20.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:20.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:20.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:20.5.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse āvāsikā bhikkhū neva pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpenti, na paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpenti.\nĀgantukā bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—\n“kathañhi nāma āvāsikā bhikkhū neva pānīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpessanti, na paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpessantī”ti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetun”ti.","en":"On one occasion in a certain monastery, the resident monks didn’t set out water for drinking or water for washing.\nNewly-arrived monks complained and criticized them,\n“Why don’t the resident monks set out water for drinking and water for washing?”\n“You should set out water for drinking and water for washing.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:20.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:20.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:20.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:20.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:20.6.4","pli-tv-kd2:20.6.5","pli-tv-kd2:20.6.6","pli-tv-kd2:20.6.7","pli-tv-kd2:20.6.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“kena nu kho pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetabban”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, therena bhikkhunā navaṁ bhikkhuṁ āṇāpetun”ti.\nTherena āṇattā navā bhikkhū na upaṭṭhāpenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, therena āṇattena agilānena na upaṭṭhāpetabbaṁ.\nYo na upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"The monks thought,\n“Who should do it?”\n“The most senior monk should tell a junior monk.”\nAlthough told by the senior monk, the junior monks did not do it.\n“If a monk isn’t sick and he’s told by the senior monk to set them out, he should do so.\nIf he doesn’t, he commits an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:21.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:21.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:21.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:21.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:21.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:21.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:21.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:21.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:21.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:21.1.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"19. Disaṅgamikādivatthu\nTena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bālā abyattā disaṅgamikā ācariyupajjhāye āpucchiṁsu.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Idha pana, bhikkhave, sambahulā bhikkhū bālā abyattā disaṅgamikā ācariyupajjhāye āpucchanti.\nTe, bhikkhave, ācariyupajjhāyehi pucchitabbā—\n‘kahaṁ gamissatha, kena saddhiṁ gamissathā’ti?\nTe ce, bhikkhave, bālā abyattā aññe bāle abyatte apadiseyyuṁ, na, bhikkhave, ācariyupajjhāyehi anujānitabbā.\nAnujāneyyuñce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe ca, bhikkhave, bālā abyattā ananuññātā ācariyupajjhāyehi gaccheyyuñce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"19. Those going to a different region, etc.\nOn one occasion a number of ignorant and incompetent monks asked permission from their teachers and preceptors to go to a different region.\nThey told the Buddha.\n“A number of ignorant and incompetent monks might ask their teachers and preceptors for permission to go to a different region.\nThe teachers and preceptors should then ask them\nwhere they’re going and who they’re going with.\nIf they’re going with others who are ignorant and incompetent, the teachers and preceptors shouldn’t give them permission.\nIf they do, they commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nAnd if the students go without permission from their teachers and preceptors, they commit an offense of wrong conduct."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:21.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:21.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:21.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:21.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:21.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:21.2.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā abyattā.\nTe na jānanti uposathaṁ vā uposathakammaṁ vā, pātimokkhaṁ vā pātimokkhuddesaṁ vā.\nTattha añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi so bhikkhu saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo upalāpetabbo upaṭṭhāpetabbo cuṇṇena mattikāya dantakaṭṭhena mukhodakena.\nNo ce saṅgaṇheyyuṁ anuggaṇheyyuṁ upalāpeyyuṁ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṁ cuṇṇena mattikāya dantakaṭṭhena mukhodakena, āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"A number of ignorant and incompetent monks may be staying in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know about the observance-day ceremony or the observance-day procedure, nor about the Monastic Code or its recitation.\nThen a monk arrives who is learned and a master of the tradition; who is an expert on the Teaching, the Monastic Law, and the Key Terms; who is knowledgeable and competent, has a sense of conscience, and is afraid of wrongdoing and fond of the training.\nThose monks should treat that learned monk with kindness. They should assist him and befriend him, and they should attend on him with bath powder, soap, tooth cleaners, and water for rinsing the mouth.\nIf they don’t look after him in this way, they commit an offense of wrong conduct."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:21.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:21.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:21.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:21.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:21.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:21.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:21.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:21.3.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā bhikkhū viharanti bālā abyattā.\nTe na jānanti uposathaṁ vā uposathakammaṁ vā, pātimokkhaṁ vā pātimokkhuddesaṁ vā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṁ pāhetabbo—\n‘gacchāvuso, saṅkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā’ti.\nEvañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, tehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi sabbeheva yattha jānanti uposathaṁ vā uposathakammaṁ vā pātimokkhaṁ vā pātimokkhuddesaṁ vā, so āvāso gantabbo.\nNo ce gaccheyyuṁ, āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"On the observance day, a number of ignorant and incompetent monks may be staying in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know about the observance-day ceremony or the observance-day procedure, nor about the Monastic Code or its recitation.\nThey should straightaway send a monk to a neighboring monastery\nto learn the Monastic Code, either in brief or in full.\nIf he’s able to do this, it’s good.\nIf he’s not, then those monks should all go to a monastery where the monks know about the observance-day ceremony and the observance-day procedure, and about the Monastic Code and its recitation.\nIf they don’t go, they commit an offense of wrong conduct."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:21.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:21.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:21.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:21.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:21.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:21.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:21.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:21.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:21.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:21.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:21.4.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū vassaṁ vasanti bālā abyattā.\nTe na jānanti uposathaṁ vā uposathakammaṁ vā pātimokkhaṁ vā pātimokkhuddesaṁ vā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṁ pāhetabbo—\n‘gacchāvuso, saṅkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā’ti.\nEvañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, eko bhikkhu sattāhakālikaṁ pāhetabbo—\n‘gacchāvuso, saṅkhittena vā vitthārena vā pātimokkhaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā āgacchā’ti.\nEvañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, na, bhikkhave, tehi bhikkhūhi tasmiṁ āvāse vassaṁ vasitabbaṁ.\nVaseyyuñce, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"A number of ignorant and incompetent monks may be spending the rainy-season residence in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know about the observance-day ceremony or the observance-day procedure, nor about the Monastic Code or its recitation.\nThey should straightaway send a monk to a neighboring monastery\nto learn the Monastic Code, either in brief or in full.\nIf he’s able to do this, it’s good.\nIf he’s not, then a monk should be sent under the seven-day allowance\nto learn the Monastic Code, either in brief or in full.\nIf he’s able to do this, it’s good.\nIf he’s not, then those monks shouldn’t spend the rainy-season residence in that monastery.\nIf they do, they commit an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:22.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:22.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.9","pli-tv-kd2:22.1.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"20. Pārisuddhidānakathā\nAtha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—\n“sannipatatha, bhikkhave, saṅgho uposathaṁ karissatī”ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—\n“atthi, bhante, bhikkhu gilāno, so anāgato”ti.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā pārisuddhiṁ dātuṁ.\nEvañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā—\ntena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—\n‘pārisuddhiṁ dammi, pārisuddhiṁ me hara, pārisuddhiṁ me ārocehī’ti.\nKāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, dinnā hoti pārisuddhi.\nNa kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinnā hoti pārisuddhi.","en":"20. Discussion of the passing on of purity\nThen the Buddha addressed the monks:\n“Gather, monks, for the Sangha to do the observance-day ceremony.”\nA monk said to the Buddha,\n“Sir, there’s a sick monk. He hasn’t come.”\n“A sick monk should pass on his purity.\nAnd he should do it like this.\nThe sick monk should approach a monk, arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, and squat on his heels. He should then raise his joined palms and say,\n‘I pass on my purity; please convey my purity; please announce my purity.’\nIf he makes this understood by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then the purity has been passed on.\nIf he doesn’t make this understood by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then the purity hasn’t been passed on."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:22.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:22.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:22.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:22.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:22.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:22.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:22.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:22.2.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, so, bhikkhave, gilāno bhikkhu mañcena vā pīṭhena vā saṅghamajjhe ānetvā uposatho kātabbo.\nSace, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ hoti—\n‘sace kho mayaṁ gilānaṁ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṅkiriyā vā bhavissatī’ti, na, bhikkhave, gilāno bhikkhu ṭhānā cāvetabbo.\nSaṅghena tattha gantvā uposatho kātabbo.\nNa tveva vaggena saṅghena uposatho kātabbo.\nKareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"If he’s able to do this, it’s good.\nIf he’s not, then the sick monk should be brought into the midst of the Sangha together with his bed or bench. They can then do the observance-day ceremony.\nBut if the one who is nursing him says,\n‘If we move him, his illness will get worse, or he’ll die,’ then the sick monk shouldn’t be moved.\nThe Sangha should go to where the sick monk is and do the observance-day ceremony there.\nYou shouldn’t do the observance-day ceremony with an incomplete Sangha.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:22.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:22.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.12","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.13","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.14","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.15","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.16","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.17","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.18","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.19","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.20","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.21","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.22","pli-tv-kd2:22.3.23"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Pārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā tattheva pakkamati, aññassa dātabbā pārisuddhi.\nPārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā tattheva vibbhamati …pe…\nkālaṁ karoti …\nsāmaṇero paṭijānāti …\nsikkhaṁ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti …\nantimavatthuṁ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti …\nummattako paṭijānāti …\nkhittacitto paṭijānāti …\nvedanāṭṭo paṭijānāti …\nāpattiyā adassane ukkhittako paṭijānāti …\nāpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako paṭijānāti …\npāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti …\npaṇḍako paṭijānāti …\ntheyyasaṁvāsako paṭijānāti …\ntitthiyapakkantako paṭijānāti …\ntiracchānagato paṭijānāti …\nmātughātako paṭijānāti …\npitughātako paṭijānāti …\narahantaghātako paṭijānāti …\nbhikkhunidūsako paṭijānāti …\nsaṅghabhedako paṭijānāti …\nlohituppādako paṭijānāti …\nubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, aññassa dātabbā pārisuddhi.","en":"If, after the purity has been passed on to him, the monk who is conveying the purity goes away right then and there, then the purity should be passed on to someone else.\nIf, after the purity has been passed on to him, the monk who is conveying the purity disrobes right then and there,\ndies right then and there,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a novice monk,\nadmits right then and there that he’s renounced the training,\nadmits right then and there that he’s committed the worst kind of offense,\nadmits right then and there that he’s insane,\nadmits right then and there that he’s deranged,\nadmits right then and there that he’s overwhelmed by pain,\nadmits right then and there that he’s been ejected for not recognizing an offense,\nadmits right then and there that he’s been ejected for not making amends for an offense,\nadmits right then and there that he’s been ejected for not giving up a bad view,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a paṇḍaka,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a fake monk,\nadmits right then and there that he’s previously left to join the monastics of another religion,\nadmits right then and there that he’s an animal,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a matricide,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a patricide,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a murderer of a perfected one,\nadmits right then and there that he’s raped a nun,\nadmits right then and there that he’s caused a schism in the Sangha,\nadmits right then and there that he’s caused the Buddha to bleed,\nor admits right then and there that he’s a gynandromorph, then the purity should be passed on to someone else."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:22.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:22.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:22.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:22.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:22.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:22.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:22.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:22.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:22.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:22.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:22.4.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Pārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā antarāmagge pakkamati, anāhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.\nPārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā antarāmagge vibbhamati …pe…\nubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, anāhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.\nPārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṅghappatto pakkamati, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.\nPārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṅghappatto vibbhamati …pe…\nubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.\nPārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṅghappatto sutto na āroceti, pamatto na āroceti, samāpanno na āroceti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.\nPārisuddhihārakassa anāpatti.\nPārisuddhihārako ce, bhikkhave, dinnāya pārisuddhiyā saṅghappatto sañcicca na āroceti, āhaṭā hoti pārisuddhi.\nPārisuddhihārakassa āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"If, after the purity has been passed on to him, the monk who is conveying the purity goes away while on his way to the observance-day ceremony, then the purity hasn’t been brought.\nIf, after the purity has been passed on to him, the monk who is conveying the purity disrobes while on his way to the observance-day ceremony …\nor admits that he’s a gynandromorph while on his way to the observance-day ceremony, then the purity hasn’t been brought.\nBut if, after the purity has been passed on to him, the monk who is conveying the purity goes away after reaching the Sangha, then the purity has been brought.\nAnd if, after the purity has been passed on to him, the monk who is conveying the purity disrobes after reaching the Sangha …\nor admits that he’s a gynandromorph after reaching the Sangha, then the purity has been brought.\nAnd if, after the purity has been passed on to him, the monk who is conveying the purity reaches the Sangha, but doesn’t announce the purity because he falls asleep or is heedless or gains a meditation attainment, then the purity has been brought.\nThere’s no offense for the one who is conveying the purity.\nAnd if, after the purity has been passed on to him, the monk who is conveying the purity reaches the Sangha, but deliberately doesn’t announce the purity, then the purity has been brought.\nBut there’s an offense of wrong conduct for the one who is conveying the purity.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:23.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:23.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.9","pli-tv-kd2:23.1.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"21. Chandadānakathā\nAtha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—\n“sannipatatha, bhikkhave, saṅgho kammaṁ karissatī”ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—\n“atthi, bhante, bhikkhu gilāno, so anāgato”ti.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā chandaṁ dātuṁ.\nEvañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo.\nTena gilānena bhikkhunā ekaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—\n‘chandaṁ dammi, chandaṁ me hara, chandaṁ me ārocehī’ti.\nKāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, dinno hoti chando.\nNa kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na dinno hoti chando.","en":"21. Discussion on giving consent\nThe Buddha addressed the monks:\n“Gather, monks, for the Sangha to do a legal procedure.”\nA monk said to the Buddha,\n“Sir, there’s a sick monk. He hasn’t come.”\n“A sick monk should give his consent.\nAnd he should give like this.\nThe sick monk should approach a monk, arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, and squat on his heels. He should then raise his joined palms and say,\n‘I give my consent; please convey my consent; please announce my consent.’\nIf he makes this understood by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then the consent has been given.\nIf he doesn’t make this understood by body, by speech, or by body and speech, then the consent hasn’t been given."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:23.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:23.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:23.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:23.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:23.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:23.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:23.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:23.2.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, so, bhikkhave, gilāno bhikkhu mañcena vā pīṭhena vā saṅghamajjhe ānetvā kammaṁ kātabbaṁ.\nSace, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ evaṁ hoti—\n‘sace kho mayaṁ gilānaṁ ṭhānā cāvessāma, ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati kālaṅkiriyā vā bhavissatī’ti, na, bhikkhave, gilāno bhikkhu ṭhānā cāvetabbo.\nSaṅghena tattha gantvā kammaṁ kātabbaṁ.\nNa tveva vaggena saṅghena kammaṁ kātabbaṁ.\nKareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"If he’s able to do this, it’s good.\nIf he’s not, then the sick monk should be brought into the midst of the Sangha together with his bed or bench. They can then do the procedure.\nBut if the one who is nursing him says,\n‘If we move him, his illness will get worse, or he’ll die,’ then the sick monk shouldn’t be moved.\nThe Sangha should go to where the sick monk is and do the procedure there.\nYou shouldn’t do a legal procedure with an incomplete sangha.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:23.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:23.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.12","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.13","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.14","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.15","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.16","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.17","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.18","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.19","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.20","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.21","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.22","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.23","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.24","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.25","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.26","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.27","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.28","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.29","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.30","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.31","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.32","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.33","pli-tv-kd2:23.3.34"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Chandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande tattheva pakkamati, aññassa dātabbo chando.\nChandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande tattheva vibbhamati …pe…\nkālaṁ karoti …\nsāmaṇero paṭijānāti …\nsikkhaṁ paccakkhātako paṭijānāti …\nantimavatthuṁ ajjhāpannako paṭijānāti …\nummattako paṭijānāti …\nkhittacitto paṭijānāti …\nvedanāṭṭo paṭijānāti …\nāpattiyā adassane ukkhittako paṭijānāti …\nāpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako paṭijānāti …\npāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako paṭijānāti …\npaṇḍako paṭijānāti …\ntheyyasaṁvāsako paṭijānāti …\ntitthiyapakkantako paṭijānāti …\ntiracchānagato paṭijānāti …\nmātughātako paṭijānāti …\npitughātako paṭijānāti …\narahantaghātako paṭijānāti …\nbhikkhunidūsako paṭijānāti …\nsaṅghabhedako paṭijānāti …\nlohituppādako paṭijānāti …\nubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, aññassa dātabbo chando.\nChandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande antarāmagge pakkamati, anāhaṭo hoti chando.\nChandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande antarāmagge vibbhamati …pe…\nubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, anāhaṭo hoti chando.\nChandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande saṅghappatto pakkamati, āhaṭo hoti chando.\nChandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande saṅghappatto vibbhamati …pe…\nubhatobyañjanako paṭijānāti, āhaṭo hoti chando.\nChandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande saṅghappatto sutto na āroceti, pamatto na āroceti, samāpanno na āroceti, āhaṭo hoti chando.\nChandahārakassa anāpatti.\nChandahārako ce, bhikkhave, dinne chande saṅghappatto sañcicca na āroceti, āhaṭo hoti chando.\nChandahārakassa āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nAnujānāmi, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe pārisuddhiṁ dentena chandampi dātuṁ, santi saṅghassa karaṇīyan”ti.","en":"If, after the consent has been given to him, the monk who is conveying the consent goes away right then and there, then the consent should be given to someone else.\nIf, after the consent has been given to him, the monk who is conveying the consent disrobes right then and there,\ndies right then and there,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a novice monk,\nadmits right then and there that he’s renounced the training,\nadmits right then and there that he’s committed the worst kind of offense,\nadmits right then and there that he’s insane,\nadmits right then and there that he’s deranged,\nadmits right then and there that he’s overwhelmed by pain,\nadmits right then and there that he’s been ejected for not recognizing an offense,\nadmits right then and there that he’s been ejected for not making amends for an offense,\nadmits right then and there that he’s been ejected for not giving up a bad view,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a paṇḍaka,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a fake monk,\nadmits right then and there that he’s previously left to join the monastics of another religion,\nadmits right then and there that he’s an animal,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a matricide,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a patricide,\nadmits right then and there that he’s a murderer of a perfected one,\nadmits right then and there that he’s raped a nun,\nadmits right then and there that he’s caused a schism in the Sangha,\nadmits right then and there that he’s caused the Buddha to bleed,\nor admits right then and there that he’s a gynandromorph, then the consent should be given to someone else.\nIf, after the consent has been given to him, the monk who is conveying the consent goes away while on his way to the legal procedure, then the consent hasn’t been brought.\nIf, after the consent has been given to him, the monk who is conveying the consent disrobes while on his way to the legal procedure …\nor admits that he’s a gynandromorph while on his way to the legal procedure, then the consent hasn’t been brought.\nBut if, after the consent has been given to him, the monk who is conveying the consent goes away after reaching the Sangha, then the consent has been brought.\nAnd if, after the consent has been given to him, the monk who is conveying the consent disrobes after reaching the Sangha …\nor admits that he’s a gynandromorph after reaching the Sangha, then the consent has been brought.\nAnd if, after the consent has been given to him, the monk who is conveying the consent reaches the Sangha, but doesn’t announce the consent because he falls asleep or is heedless or gains a meditation attainment, then the consent has been brought.\nThere’s no offense for the one who is conveying the consent.\nAnd if, after the consent has been given to him, the monk who is conveying the consent reaches the Sangha, but deliberately doesn’t announce the consent, then the consent has been brought.\nBut there is an offense of wrong conduct for the one who is conveying the consent.\nOn the observance day, if the Sangha has business to be done, then anyone passing on their purity should also give their consent.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:24.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:24.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:24.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:24.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:24.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:24.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:24.1.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"22. Ñātakādiggahaṇakathā\nTena kho pana samayena aññataraṁ bhikkhuṁ tadahuposathe ñātakā gaṇhiṁsu.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ tadahuposathe ñātakā gaṇhanti.\nTe ñātakā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā—\n‘iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto imaṁ bhikkhuṁ muhuttaṁ muñcatha, yāvāyaṁ bhikkhu uposathaṁ karotī’ti.","en":"22. Discussion on being seized by relatives, etc.\nAt one time on the observance day, a certain monk was seized by his relatives.\nThey told the Buddha.\n“If a monk is seized by his relatives on the observance day,\nother monks should say to those relatives,\n‘Listen, please release this monk for a short time so that he can take part in the observance-day ceremony.’"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:24.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:24.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:24.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:24.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:24.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:24.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:24.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:24.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:24.2.8","pli-tv-kd2:24.2.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā—\n‘iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṁ ekamantaṁ hotha, yāvāyaṁ bhikkhu pārisuddhiṁ detī’ti.\nEvañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, te ñātakā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā—\n‘iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto imaṁ bhikkhuṁ muhuttaṁ nissīmaṁ netha, yāva saṅgho uposathaṁ karotī’ti.\nEvañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, na tveva vaggena saṅghena uposatho kātabbo.\nKareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"If they’re able to do this, it’s good.\nIf not, they should say to those relatives,\n‘Listen, please step aside for a moment while this monk passes on his purity.’\nIf they’re able to do this, it’s good.\nIf not, they should say to those relatives,\n‘Listen, please take this monk outside the monastery zone for a short time while the Sangha does the observance-day ceremony.’\nIf they’re able to do this, it’s good.\nIf not, you shouldn’t do the observance-day ceremony with an incomplete sangha.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:24.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:24.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.12","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.13","pli-tv-kd2:24.3.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṁ tadahuposathe rājāno gaṇhanti …pe…\ncorā gaṇhanti …\ndhuttā gaṇhanti …\nbhikkhupaccatthikā gaṇhanti, te bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā—\n‘iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto imaṁ bhikkhuṁ muhuttaṁ muñcatha, yāvāyaṁ bhikkhu uposathaṁ karotī’ti.\nEvañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, te bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā—\n‘iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto muhuttaṁ ekamantaṁ hotha, yāvāyaṁ bhikkhu pārisuddhiṁ detī’ti.\nEvañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, te bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhūhi evamassu vacanīyā—\n‘iṅgha tumhe āyasmanto imaṁ bhikkhuṁ muhuttaṁ nissīmaṁ netha, yāva saṅgho uposathaṁ karotī’ti.\nEvañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, na tveva vaggena saṅghena uposatho kātabbo.\nKareyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"If on the observance day a monk is seized by kings,\nby bandits,\nby scoundrels,\nor by enemies of the monks, other monks should say to those enemies,\n‘Listen, please release this monk for a short time so that he can take part in the observance-day ceremony.’\nIf they’re able to do this, it’s good.\nIf not, they should say to those enemies,\n‘Listen, please step aside for a moment while this monk passes on his purity.’\nIf they’re able to do this, it’s good.\nIf not, they should say to those enemies,\n‘Listen, please take this monk outside the monastery zone for a short time while the Sangha does the observance-day ceremony.’\nIf they’re able to do this, it’s good.\nIf not, you shouldn’t do the observance-day ceremony with an incomplete sangha.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:25.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:25.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:25.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:25.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:25.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:25.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:25.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:25.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:25.1.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"23. Ummattakasammuti\nAtha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi—\n“sannipatatha, bhikkhave, atthi saṅghassa karaṇīyan”ti.\nEvaṁ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca—\n“atthi, bhante, gaggo nāma bhikkhu ummattako, so anāgato”ti.\n“Dveme, bhikkhave, ummattakā—\natthi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ummattako saratipi uposathaṁ napi sarati, saratipi saṅghakammaṁ napi sarati, atthi neva sarati;\nāgacchatipi uposathaṁ napi āgacchati, āgacchatipi saṅghakammaṁ napi āgacchati, atthi neva āgacchati.","en":"23. Agreement in regard to insanity\nThen the Buddha addressed the monks:\n“Gather, monks, there’s business for the Sangha.”\nA monk said to the Buddha,\n“Sir, there’s a monk called Gagga who is insane. He hasn’t come.”\n“Monks, there are two kinds of insane monks:\nthere is the insane monk who sometimes remembers the observance day and sometimes doesn’t, who sometimes remembers the legal procedures of the Sangha and sometimes doesn’t,\nwho sometimes goes to the observance-day ceremony and sometimes doesn’t, who sometimes goes to the legal procedures of the Sangha and sometimes doesn’t. Then there’s the insane monk who never remembers any of this."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:25.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:25.2.1"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṁ ummattako saratipi uposathaṁ napi sarati, saratipi saṅghakammaṁ napi sarati, āgacchatipi uposathaṁ napi āgacchati, āgacchatipi saṅghakammaṁ napi āgacchati, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṁ dātuṁ.","en":"For the first one of these, you should make an agreement in regard to insanity."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:25.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:25.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:25.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:25.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:25.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:25.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:25.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:25.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:25.3.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā.\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nGaggo bhikkhu ummattako—\nsaratipi uposathaṁ napi sarati, saratipi saṅghakammaṁ napi sarati, āgacchatipi uposathaṁ napi āgacchati, āgacchatipi saṅghakammaṁ napi āgacchati.\nYadi saṅghassa pattakallaṁ, saṅgho gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṁ dadeyya.\nSareyya vā gaggo bhikkhu uposathaṁ na vā sareyya, sareyya vā saṅghakammaṁ na vā sareyya, āgaccheyya vā uposathaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, āgaccheyya vā saṅghakammaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, saṅgho saha vā gaggena vinā vā gaggena uposathaṁ kareyya, saṅghakammaṁ kareyya.\nEsā ñatti.","en":"And it should be made like this.\nA competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe monk Gagga is insane.\nSometimes he remembers the observance day and sometimes he doesn’t; sometimes he remembers the legal procedures of the Sangha and sometimes he doesn’t; sometimes he goes to the observance-day ceremony and sometimes he doesn’t; sometimes he goes to the legal procedures of the Sangha and sometimes he doesn’t.\nIf the Sangha is ready, it should agree on the following in regard to the insanity of the monk Gagga:\nwhether or not Gagga remembers either the observance day or the legal procedures of the Sangha, whether or not he goes either to the observance day or to the legal procedures of the Sangha, the Sangha should do the observance-day ceremony, it should do the legal procedures of the Sangha, with or without Gagga.\nThis is the motion."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:25.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:25.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.10","pli-tv-kd2:25.4.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nGaggo bhikkhu ummattako—\nsaratipi uposathaṁ napi sarati, saratipi saṅghakammaṁ napi sarati, āgacchatipi uposathaṁ napi āgacchati, āgacchatipi saṅghakammaṁ napi āgacchati.\nSaṅgho gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutiṁ deti.\nSareyya vā gaggo bhikkhu uposathaṁ na vā sareyya, sareyya vā saṅghakammaṁ na vā sareyyaṁ, āgaccheyya vā uposathaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, āgaccheyya vā saṅghakammaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, saṅgho saha vā gaggena, vinā vā gaggena uposathaṁ karissati, saṅghakammaṁ karissati.\nYassāyasmato khamati gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammutiyā dānaṁ—\nsareyya vā gaggo bhikkhu uposathaṁ na vā sareyya, sareyya vā saṅghakammaṁ na vā sareyya, āgaccheyya vā uposathaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, āgaccheyya vā saṅghakammaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, saṅgho saha vā gaggena, vinā vā gaggena uposathaṁ karissati, saṅghakammaṁ karissati, so tuṇhassa;\nyassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.\nDinnā saṅghena gaggassa bhikkhuno ummattakassa ummattakasammuti.\nSareyya vā gaggo bhikkhu uposathaṁ na vā sareyya, sareyya vā saṅghakammaṁ na vā sareyya, āgaccheyya vā uposathaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, āgaccheyya vā saṅghakammaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, saṅgho saha vā gaggena vinā vā gaggena uposathaṁ karissati, saṅghakammaṁ karissati.\nKhamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṁ dhārayāmī’”ti.","en":"Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThe monk Gagga is insane.\nSometimes he remembers the observance day and sometimes he doesn’t; sometimes he remembers the legal procedures of the Sangha and sometimes he doesn’t; sometimes he goes to the observance-day ceremony and sometimes he doesn’t; sometimes he goes to the legal procedures of the Sangha and sometimes he doesn’t.\nThe Sangha agrees on the following in regard to the insanity of the monk Gagga:\nwhether or not Gagga remembers either the observance day or the legal procedures of the Sangha, whether or not he goes either to the observance day or to the legal procedures of the Sangha, the Sangha should do the observance-day ceremony, it should do the legal procedures of the Sangha, with or without Gagga.\nAny monk who approves of this agreement—\nwhether or not Gagga remembers either the observance day or the legal procedures of the Sangha, whether or not he goes either to the observance day or to the legal procedures of the Sangha, the Sangha should do the observance-day ceremony, it should do the legal procedures of the Sangha, with or without Gagga—should remain silent.\nAny monk who doesn’t approve should speak up.\nThe Sangha has agreed on the following in regard to the insanity of the monk Gagga:\nwhether or not Gagga remembers either the observance-day ceremony or the legal procedures of the Sangha, whether or not he goes either to the observance day or to the legal procedures of the Sangha, the Sangha should do the observance-day ceremony, it should do the legal procedures of the Sangha, with or without Gagga.\nThe Sangha approves and is therefore silent. I will  remember it thus.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:26.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:26.1.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"24. Saṅghuposathādippabheda\nTena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe cattāro bhikkhū viharanti.\nAtha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—\n‘uposatho kātabbo’ti, mayañcamhā cattāro janā, kathaṁ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisitun”ti.","en":"24. Various kinds of observance days for the Sangha, etc.\nAt one time on the observance day, there were four monks staying in a certain monastery.\nThey thought,\n“The Buddha has laid down a rule\nthat the observance-day ceremony should be done. Now there’s four of us. So how should we do the observance-day ceremony?”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“When there are four of you, you should recite the Monastic Code.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.2.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe tayo bhikkhū viharanti.\nAtha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā anuññātaṁ catunnaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ, mayañcamhā tayo janā, kathaṁ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ pārisuddhiuposathaṁ kātuṁ.","en":"At one time on the observance day, there were three monks staying in a certain monastery.\nThey thought,\n“The Buddha has instructed that the Monastic Code should be recited when there are four monks. But there’s only three of us. So how should we do the observance-day ceremony?”\n“When there are three of you, you should do the observance-day ceremony by declaring your purity."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:26.3.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo.\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā—\n‘Suṇantu me āyasmantā.\nAjjuposatho pannaraso.\nYadāyasmantānaṁ pattakallaṁ, mayaṁ aññamaññaṁ pārisuddhiuposathaṁ kareyyāmā’ti.\nTherena bhikkhunā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evamassu vacanīyā—\n‘parisuddho ahaṁ, āvuso;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhāretha.\nParisuddho ahaṁ, āvuso;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhāretha.\nParisuddho ahaṁ, āvuso;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhārethā’ti.","en":"And you should do it like this.\nA competent and capable monk should inform those monks:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask you to listen.\nToday is the observance day, the fifteenth.\nIf the venerables are ready, we should do the observance-day ceremony by declaring purity to one another.’\nThe most senior monk should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say to the other monks:\n‘I’m pure.\nPlease remember me as pure.’\nAnd he should repeat this two more times."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:26.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:26.4.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Navakena bhikkhunā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā te bhikkhū evamassu vacanīyā—\n‘parisuddho ahaṁ, bhante;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhāretha.\nParisuddho ahaṁ, bhante;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhāretha.\nParisuddho ahaṁ, bhante;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhārethā’”ti.","en":"Each junior monk should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say to the other monks:\n‘I’m pure, venerable.\nPlease remember me as pure.’\nAnd he should repeat this two more times.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.5.5","pli-tv-kd2:26.5.6","pli-tv-kd2:26.5.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe dve bhikkhū viharanti.\nAtha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā anuññātaṁ catunnaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ, tiṇṇannaṁ pārisuddhiuposathaṁ kātuṁ.\nMayañcamhā dve janā.\nKathaṁ nu kho amhehi uposatho kātabbo”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṁ pārisuddhiuposathaṁ kātuṁ.","en":"At one time on the observance day, there were two monks staying in a certain monastery.\nThey thought,\n“The Buddha has instructed that the Monastic Code should be recited when there are four monks and that the observance-day ceremony should be done by declaring purity when there are three.\nBut there’s only two of us.\nSo how should we do the observance-day ceremony?”\n“When there are two of you, you should do the observance-day ceremony by declaring your purity."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.6.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.6.5","pli-tv-kd2:26.6.6","pli-tv-kd2:26.6.7","pli-tv-kd2:26.6.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo.\nTherena bhikkhunā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā navo bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo—\n‘parisuddho ahaṁ, āvuso;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhārehi.\nParisuddho ahaṁ, āvuso;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhārehi.\nParisuddho ahaṁ, āvuso;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhārehī’ti.","en":"And you should do it like this.\nThe senior monk should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say to the junior monk:\n‘I’m pure.\nPlease remember me as pure.’\nAnd he should repeat this two more times."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.7","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.7.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.7.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.7.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.7.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.7.5","pli-tv-kd2:26.7.6","pli-tv-kd2:26.7.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Navakena bhikkhunā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā thero bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo—\n‘parisuddho ahaṁ, bhante;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhāretha.\nParisuddho ahaṁ, bhante;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhāretha.\nParisuddho ahaṁ, bhante;\nparisuddhoti maṁ dhārethā’”ti.","en":"The junior monk should arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say to the senior monk:\n‘I’m pure, venerable.\nPlease remember me as pure.’\nAnd he should repeat this two more times.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.8","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.8.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.8.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.8.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.8.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.8.5","pli-tv-kd2:26.8.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe eko bhikkhu viharati.\nAtha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā anuññātaṁ catunnaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisituṁ, tiṇṇannaṁ pārisuddhiuposathaṁ kātuṁ, dvinnaṁ pārisuddhiuposathaṁ kātuṁ.\nAhañcamhi ekako.\nKathaṁ nu kho mayā uposatho kātabbo”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.","en":"At one time on the observance day, a monk was staying in a certain monastery by himself.\nHe thought,\n“The Buddha has instructed that the Monastic Code should be recited when there are four monks and that the observance-day ceremony should be done by declaring purity when there are two or three.\nBut I’m here by myself.\nSo how should I do the observance-day ceremony?”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.9","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.9.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.9.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.9.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.9.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.9.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe eko bhikkhu viharati.\nTena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā yattha bhikkhū paṭikkamanti upaṭṭhānasālāya vā, maṇḍape vā, rukkhamūle vā, so deso sammajjitvā pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpetvā āsanaṁ paññapetvā padīpaṁ katvā nisīditabbaṁ.\nSace aññe bhikkhū āgacchanti, tehi saddhiṁ uposatho kātabbo.\nNo ce āgacchanti, ajja me uposathoti adhiṭṭhātabbo.\nNo ce adhiṭṭhaheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"“On the observance day, a monk may be staying by himself in a certain monastery.\nHe should sweep the place where the monks normally go: whether the assembly hall, under a roof cover, or at the foot of a tree. He should set out water for drinking and water for washing. He should prepare a seat, light a lamp, and sit down.\nIf other monks arrive, he should do the observance-day ceremony with them.\nIf not, he should determine: ‘Today is my observance day.’\nIf he doesn’t make a determination, he commits an offense of wrong conduct."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:26.10","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:26.10.1","pli-tv-kd2:26.10.2","pli-tv-kd2:26.10.3","pli-tv-kd2:26.10.4","pli-tv-kd2:26.10.5","pli-tv-kd2:26.10.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tatra, bhikkhave, yattha cattāro bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṁ āharitvā tīhi pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddiseyyuñce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTatra, bhikkhave, yattha tayo bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṁ āharitvā dvīhi pārisuddhiuposatho kātabbo.\nKareyyuñce, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTatra, bhikkhave, yattha dve bhikkhū viharanti, na ekassa pārisuddhiṁ āharitvā ekena adhiṭṭhātabbo.\nAdhiṭṭhaheyya ce, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"Wherever four monks are staying together, three shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code, while the purity of the fourth is brought.\nIf you do recite the Monastic Code, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nWherever three monks are staying together, two shouldn’t do the observance-day ceremony by declaring purity, while the purity of the third is brought.\nIf you do declare purity, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nWherever two monks are staying together, one shouldn’t make a determination, while the purity of the other is brought.\nIf you do make a determination, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.9","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.10","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.11","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.12","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.13","pli-tv-kd2:27.1.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"25. Āpattipaṭikammavidhi\nTena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tadahuposathe āpattiṁ āpanno hoti.\nAtha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—\n‘na sāpattikena uposatho kātabbo’ti.\nAhañcamhi āpattiṁ āpanno.\nKathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahuposathe āpattiṁ āpanno hoti.\nTena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ekaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—\n‘ahaṁ, āvuso, itthannāmaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno, taṁ paṭidesemī’ti.\nTena vattabbo—\n‘passasī’ti.\n‘Āma passāmī’ti.\n‘Āyatiṁ saṁvareyyāsī’ti.","en":"25. The process for making amends for an offense\nAt one time on the observance day, a certain monk committed an offense.\nHe thought,\n“The Buddha has laid down a rule\nthat one shouldn’t do the observance-day ceremony if one has an unconfessed offense.\nAnd I’ve committed an offense.\nSo what should I do?”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“On the observance day, a monk may have committed an offense.\nHe should approach a single monk, arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say:\n‘I’ve committed such-and-such an offense. I confess it.’\nThe other should say,\n‘Do you recognize it?’ —\n‘Yes, I recognize it.’ —\n‘You should restrain yourself in the future.’"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.2.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tadahuposathe āpattiyā vematiko hoti.\nTena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ekaṁ bhikkhuṁ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṁsaṁ uttarāsaṅgaṁ karitvā ukkuṭikaṁ nisīditvā añjaliṁ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo—\n‘ahaṁ, āvuso, itthannāmāya āpattiyā vematiko;\nyadā nibbematiko bhavissāmi, tadā taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikarissāmī’ti vatvā uposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṁ sotabbaṁ, na tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo”ti.","en":"On the observance day, a monk may be unsure if he’s committed an offense.\nHe should approach a single monk, arrange his upper robe over one shoulder, squat on his heels, raise his joined palms, and say:\n‘I’m unsure if I’ve committed such-and-such an offense.\nI’ll make amends for it when I’m sure.’ He can then take part in the observance-day ceremony and listen to the recitation of the Monastic Code. This is not an obstacle to doing the observance-day ceremony.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:27.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:27.3.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabhāgaṁ āpattiṁ desenti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, sabhāgā āpatti desetabbā.\nYo deseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.\nTena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sabhāgaṁ āpattiṁ paṭiggaṇhanti.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Na, bhikkhave, sabhāgā āpatti paṭiggahetabbā.\nYo paṭiggaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.","en":"On one occasion the monks from the group of six confessed shared offenses with one another.\n“You shouldn’t confess shared offenses with one another.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”\nOn one occasion the monks from the group of six received the confession of shared offenses from one another.\n“You shouldn’t receive the confession of shared offenses from one another.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.4.0","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.10","pli-tv-kd2:27.4.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"26. Āpattiāvikaraṇavidhi\nTena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiṁ sarati.\nAtha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—\n‘na sāpattikena uposatho kātabbo’ti.\nAhañcamhi āpattiṁ āpanno.\nKathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiṁ sarati.\nTena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā sāmanto bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo—\n‘ahaṁ, āvuso, itthannāmaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno.\nIto vuṭṭhahitvā taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikarissāmī’ti vatvā uposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṁ sotabbaṁ, na tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo.","en":"26. The process for revealing an offense\nAt one time a certain monk remembered an offense while the Monastic Code was being recited.\nHe thought,\n“The Buddha has laid down a rule\nthat one shouldn’t do the observance-day ceremony if one has an unconfessed offense.\nAnd I’ve committed an offense.\nSo what should I do?”\nThey told the Buddha.\n“A monk may remember an offense while the Monastic Code is being recited.\nHe should say to a monk sitting next to him,\n‘I’ve committed such-and-such an offense.\nOnce this ceremony is finished, I’ll make amends for it.’ They can then continue the observance-day ceremony and listen to the recitation of the Monastic Code. This is not an obstacle to doing the observance-day ceremony."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.5.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pātimokkhe uddissamāne āpattiyā vematiko hoti.\nTena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā sāmanto bhikkhu evamassa vacanīyo—\n‘ahaṁ, āvuso, itthannāmāya āpattiyā vematiko.\nYadā nibbematiko bhavissāmi, tadā taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikarissāmī’ti vatvā uposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṁ sotabbaṁ;\nna tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo”ti.","en":"A monk may become unsure if he’s committed an offense while the Monastic Code is being recited.\nHe should say to a monk sitting next to him,\n‘I’m unsure if I’ve committed such-and-such an offense.\nI’ll make amends for it when I’m sure.’ They can then continue the observance-day ceremony and listen to the recitation of the Monastic Code.\nThis is not an obstacle to doing the observance-day ceremony.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.6.0","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.6","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.7","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.8","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.9","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.10","pli-tv-kd2:27.6.11"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"27. Sabhāgāpattipaṭikammavidhi\nTena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno hoti.\nAtha kho tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—\n“bhagavatā paññattaṁ—\n‘na sabhāgā āpatti desetabbā, na sabhāgā āpatti paṭiggahetabbā’ti.\nAyañca sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno.\nKathaṁ nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban”ti?\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.\n“Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno hoti.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṁ pāhetabbo—\ngacchāvuso, taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikaritvā āgaccha;\nmayaṁ te santike āpattiṁ paṭikarissāmāti.","en":"27. The process for making amends for a shared offense\nAt one time on the observance day, the whole Sangha in a certain monastery had committed the same offense.\nThe monks thought,\n“The Buddha has laid down a rule\nthat one shouldn’t confess or receive the confession of shared offenses.\nYet here the whole Sangha has committed the same offense.\nSo what should we do?”\n“On the observance day, the whole Sangha in a certain monastery may have committed the same offense.\nThose monks should straightaway send a monk to a neighboring monastery:\n‘Go and make amends for this offense.\nWhen you return, we’ll make amends for it with you.’"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.7","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.7.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.7.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.7.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.7.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.7.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.7.6","pli-tv-kd2:27.7.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Evañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nAyaṁ sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno.\nYadā aññaṁ bhikkhuṁ suddhaṁ anāpattikaṁ passissati, tadā tassa santike taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikarissatī’ti vatvā\nuposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ,\nna tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo.","en":"If he’s able to do this, it’s good.\nIf he’s not, then a competent and capable monk should inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThis whole Sangha has committed the same offense.\nWhen the Sangha sees another monk who is pure and free of offenses, it should make amends for this offense with him.’\nOnce this has been said, they can do the observance-day ceremony and listen to the recitation of the Monastic Code.\nThis is not an obstacle to doing the observance-day ceremony."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.8","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.8.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.8.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.8.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.8.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.8.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.8.6","pli-tv-kd2:27.8.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sabbo saṅgho sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko hoti.\nByattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo—\n‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.\nAyaṁ sabbo saṅgho sabhāgāya āpattiyā vematiko.\nYadā nibbematiko bhavissati, tadā taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikarissatī’ti\nvatvā uposatho kātabbo, pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ;\nna tveva tappaccayā uposathassa antarāyo kātabbo.","en":"On the observance day, the whole Sangha in a certain monastery may be unsure if it has committed the same offense.\nA competent and capable monk should then inform the Sangha:\n‘Please, venerables, I ask the Sangha to listen.\nThis whole Sangha is unsure if it has committed the same offense.\nWhen the Sangha is sure, it should make amends for this offense.’\nOnce this has been said, they can do the observance-day ceremony and listen to the recitation of the Monastic Code.\nThis is not an obstacle to doing the observance-day ceremony."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.9","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.9.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.9.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.9.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.9.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.9.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.9.6","pli-tv-kd2:27.9.7","pli-tv-kd2:27.9.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse vassūpagato saṅgho sabhāgaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno hoti.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi eko bhikkhu sāmantā āvāsā sajjukaṁ pāhetabbo—\ngacchāvuso, taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikaritvā āgaccha;\nmayaṁ te santike taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikarissāmāti.\nEvañcetaṁ labhetha, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce labhetha, eko bhikkhu sattāhakālikaṁ pāhetabbo—\ngacchāvuso, taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikaritvā āgaccha;\nmayaṁ te santike taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikarissāmā”ti.","en":"When a sangha has entered the rainy-season residence in a certain monastery, it may happen that the whole Sangha has committed the same offense.\nThose monks should straightaway send a monk to a neighboring monastery:\n‘Go and make amends for this offense.\nWhen you return, we’ll make amends for it with you.’\nIf he’s able to do this, it’s good.\nIf he’s not, they should send a monk under the seven-day allowance:\n‘Go and make amends for this offense.\nWhen you return, we’ll make amends for it with you.’”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.10","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.10.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.10.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.10.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.10.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.10.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno hoti.\nSo na jānāti tassā āpattiyā nāmagottaṁ.\nTattha añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo.\nTamenaṁ aññataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ etadavoca—\n“yo nu kho, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, kiṁ nāma so āpattiṁ āpajjatī”ti?","en":"Soon afterwards the whole Sangha in a certain monastery had committed the same offense.\nThey did not know the name or the category of that offense.\nThen a monk arrived who was learned and a master of the tradition; who was an expert on the Teaching, the Monastic Law, and the Key Terms; who was knowledgeable and competent, had a sense of conscience, and was afraid of wrongdoing and fond of the training.\nA monk went up to him and asked,\n“When someone does such-and-such, what’s the name of the offense he’s committed?”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.11","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.11.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.11.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.11.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.11.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.11.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.11.6","pli-tv-kd2:27.11.7","pli-tv-kd2:27.11.8","pli-tv-kd2:27.11.9","pli-tv-kd2:27.11.10"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"So evamāha—\n“yo kho, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, imaṁ nāma so āpattiṁ āpajjati.\nImaṁ nāma tvaṁ, āvuso, āpattiṁ āpanno;\npaṭikarohi taṁ āpattin”ti.\nSo evamāha—\n“na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, ekova imaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno;\nayaṁ sabbo saṅgho imaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno”ti.\nSo evamāha—\n“kiṁ te, āvuso, karissati paro āpanno vā anāpanno vā.\nIṅgha tvaṁ, āvuso, sakāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhāhī”ti.","en":"The learned monk replied,\n“When someone does such-and-such, he’s committed an offense of this name.\nIf you have committed this offense,\nyou should make amends for it.”\nThe other monk said,\n“It’s not just I alone who have committed this offense,\nbut this whole Sangha.”\nThe learned monk said,\n“What does it matter to you whether others have or haven’t committed an offense?\nPlease clear yourself of your own offense.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.12","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.12.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.12.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.12.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.12.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.12.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.12.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Atha kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikaritvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca—\n“yo kira, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, imaṁ nāma so āpattiṁ āpajjati.\nImaṁ nāma tumhe, āvuso, āpattiṁ āpannā;\npaṭikarotha taṁ āpattin”ti.\nAtha kho te bhikkhū na icchiṁsu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikātuṁ.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.","en":"Then, because of what the learned monk had said, the other monk made amends for that offense. He then went to the other monks and said,\n“When someone does such-and-such, he’s committed an offense of this name.\nThis is the offense that you’ve committed.\nYou should make amends for it.”\nBut in spite of what he had said, those monks did not want to make amends for that offense.\nThey told the Buddha."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.13","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.13.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.13.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.13.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.13.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.13.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse sabbo saṅgho sabhāgaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno hoti.\nSo na jānāti tassā āpattiyā nāmagottaṁ.\nTattha añño bhikkhu āgacchati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo.\nTamenaṁ aññataro bhikkhu yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṁ bhikkhuṁ evaṁ vadeti—\n‘yo nu kho, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, kiṁ nāma so āpattiṁ āpajjatī’ti?","en":"“In a case such as this,"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.14","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.14.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.3","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.4","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.5","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.6","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.7","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.8","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.9","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.10","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.11","pli-tv-kd2:27.14.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"So evaṁ vadeti—\n‘yo kho, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti, imaṁ nāma so āpattiṁ āpajjati.\nImaṁ nāma tvaṁ, āvuso, āpattiṁ āpanno;\npaṭikarohi taṁ āpattin’ti.\nSo evaṁ vadeti—\n‘na kho ahaṁ, āvuso, ekova imaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno.\nAyaṁ sabbo saṅgho imaṁ āpattiṁ āpanno’ti.\nSo evaṁ vadeti—\n‘kiṁ te, āvuso, karissati paro āpanno vā anāpanno vā.\nIṅgha tvaṁ, āvuso, sakāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhāhī’ti.\nSo ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikaritvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū evaṁ vadeti—\n‘yo kira, āvuso, evañcevañca karoti imaṁ nāma so āpattiṁ āpajjati, imaṁ nāma tumhe āvuso āpattiṁ āpannā, paṭikarotha taṁ āpattin’ti."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:27.15","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:27.15.1","pli-tv-kd2:27.15.2","pli-tv-kd2:27.15.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Te ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhū tassa bhikkhuno vacanena taṁ āpattiṁ paṭikareyyuṁ, iccetaṁ kusalaṁ.\nNo ce paṭikareyyuṁ, na te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū tena bhikkhunā akāmā vacanīyā”ti.\nCodanāvatthubhāṇavāro niṭṭhito dutiyo.","en":"if those monks do make amends for that offense because of what that monk has said, then this is good.\nIf they don’t, then that monk doesn’t need to correct them if he doesn’t want to.”\nThe second section for recitation on the grounds for accusations is finished."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:28.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:28.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:28.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:28.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:28.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:28.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:28.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:28.1.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"28. Anāpattipannarasaka\nTena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatiṁsu cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jāniṁsu—\n“atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā”ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ akaṁsu, pātimokkhaṁ uddisiṁsu.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchiṁsu bahutarā.\nBhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.","en":"28. The group of fifteen on non-offenses\nAt one time on the observance day, four or more resident monks had gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey did not know\nthat there were other resident monks who had not arrived.\nPerceiving that they were acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly was complete although it was not, they did the observance-day ceremony and recited the Monastic Code.\nWhile they were doing it, a greater number of resident monks arrived.\nThey told the Buddha."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:28.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:28.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:28.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:28.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:28.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:28.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:28.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:28.2.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"“Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.","en":"“On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:28.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:28.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.12","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.13","pli-tv-kd2:28.3.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:28.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:28.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.10","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.11","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.12","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.13","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.14","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.15","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.16","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.17","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.18","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.19","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.20","pli-tv-kd2:28.4.21"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:28.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:28.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.5","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.6","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.7","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.8","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.9","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.10","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.11","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.12","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.13","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.14","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.15","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.16","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.17","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.18","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.19","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.20","pli-tv-kd2:28.5.21"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and none of the gathering has left, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and none of the gathering has left, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and none of the gathering has left, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:28.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:28.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.4","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.5","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.6","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.7","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.8","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.9","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.10","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.11","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.12","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.13","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.14","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.15","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.16","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.17","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.18","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.19","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.20","pli-tv-kd2:28.6.21"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and only some members of the gathering have left, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and only some members of the gathering have left, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and only some members of the gathering have left, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:28.7","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:28.7.1","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.2","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.3","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.4","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.5","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.6","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.7","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.8","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.9","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.10","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.11","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.12","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.13","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.14","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.15","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.16","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.17","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.18","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.19","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.20","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.21","pli-tv-kd2:28.7.22"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā samaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ anāpatti.\nAnāpattipannarasakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and the entire gathering has left, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and the entire gathering has left, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, perceiving that the assembly is complete although it’s not, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and the entire gathering has left, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s no offense for the reciters.”\nThe group of fifteen on non-offenses is finished."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:29.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:29.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:29.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:29.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:29.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:29.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:29.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:29.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:29.1.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"29. Vaggāvaggasaññipannarasaka\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"29. The group of fifteen on perceiving an incomplete assembly as incomplete\n“On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, yet correctly perceiving the assembly as incomplete, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:29.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:29.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.8","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.9","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.10","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.11","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.12","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.13","pli-tv-kd2:29.2.14"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, yet correctly perceiving the assembly as incomplete, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, yet correctly perceiving the assembly as incomplete, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:29.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:29.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.12","pli-tv-kd2:29.3.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe dhammasaññino vinayasaññino vaggā vaggasaññino uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe …pe…\navuṭṭhitāya parisāya …pe…\nekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya …pe…\nsabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā …pe…\nsamasamā …pe…\nthokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nVaggāvaggasaññipannarasakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nPerceiving that they’re acting according to the Teaching and the Monastic Law, yet correctly perceiving the assembly as incomplete, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished …\nWhen they’ve just finished, and none of the gathering has left …\nWhen they’ve just finished, and only some members of the gathering have left …\nWhen they’ve just finished, and the entire gathering has left, a greater number of resident monks arrive …\nan equal number of resident monks arrive …\na smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters.”\nThe group of fifteen on perceiving an incomplete assembly as incomplete is finished."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:30.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:30.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:30.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:30.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:30.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:30.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:30.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:30.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:30.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:30.1.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"30. Vematikapannarasaka\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘kappati nu kho amhākaṁ uposatho kātuṁ na nu kho kappatī’ti—\nvematikā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"30. The group of fifteen on being unsure\n“On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘Is it allowable for us to do the observance-day ceremony or not?’\nBeing unsure, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:30.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:30.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.8","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.9","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.10","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.11","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.12","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.13","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.14","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.15","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.16","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.17","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.18","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.19","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.20","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.21","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.22","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.23","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.24","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.25","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.26","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.27","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.28","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.29","pli-tv-kd2:30.2.30"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘kappati nu kho amhākaṁ uposatho kātuṁ, na nu kho kappatī’ti—\nvematikā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘kappati nu kho amhākaṁ uposatho kātuṁ, na nu kho kappatī’ti—\nvematikā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘kappati nu kho amhākaṁ uposatho kātuṁ na nu kho kappatī’ti—\nvematikā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe …pe…\navuṭṭhitāya parisāya …pe…\nekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya …pe…\nsabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā …pe…\nsamasamā …pe…\nthokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nVematikapannarasakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘Is it allowable for us to do the observance-day ceremony or not?’\nBeing unsure, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘Is it allowable for us to do the observance-day ceremony or not?’\nBeing unsure, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘Is it allowable for us to do the observance-day ceremony or not?’\nBeing unsure, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished …\nWhen they’ve just finished, and none of the gathering has left …\nWhen they’ve just finished, and only some members of the gathering have left …\nWhen they’ve just finished, and the entire gathering has left, a greater number of resident monks arrive …\nan equal number of resident monks arrive …\na smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters.”\nThe group of fifteen on being unsure is finished."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:31.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:31.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:31.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:31.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:31.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:31.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:31.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:31.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:31.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:31.1.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"31. Kukkuccapakatapannarasaka\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘kappateva amhākaṁ uposatho kātuṁ nāmhākaṁ na kappatī’ti—\nkukkuccapakatā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"31. The group of fifteen on being anxious\n“On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘It’s allowable for us to do the observance-day ceremony; it’s not unallowable.’\nBeing anxious, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:31.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:31.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.8","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.9","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.10","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.11","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.12","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.13","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.14","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.15","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.16","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.17","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.18","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.19","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.20","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.21","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.22","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.23","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.24","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.25","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.26","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.27","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.28","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.29","pli-tv-kd2:31.2.30"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘kappateva amhākaṁ uposatho kātuṁ nāmhākaṁ na kappatī’ti—\nkukkuccapakatā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘kappateva amhākaṁ uposatho kātuṁ, nāmhākaṁ na kappatī’ti—\nkukkuccapakatā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘kappateva amhākaṁ uposatho kātuṁ nāmhākaṁ na kappatī’ti—\nkukkuccapakatā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe …pe…\navuṭṭhitāya parisāya …pe…\nekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya …pe…\nsabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā …pe…\nsamasamā …pe…\nthokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nKukkuccapakatapannarasakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘It’s allowable for us to do the observance-day ceremony; it’s not unallowable.’\nBeing anxious, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘It’s allowable for us to do the observance-day ceremony; it’s not unallowable.’\nBeing anxious, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhile they’re doing it, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘It’s allowable for us to do the observance-day ceremony; it’s not unallowable.’\nBeing anxious, they do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code.\nWhen they’ve just finished …\nWhen they’ve just finished, and none of the gathering has left …\nWhen they’ve just finished, and only some members of the gathering have left …\nWhen they’ve just finished, and the entire gathering has left, a greater number of resident monks arrive …\nan equal number of resident monks arrive …\na smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nThere’s an offense of wrong conduct for the reciters.”\nThe group of fifteen on being anxious is finished."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:32.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:32.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:32.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:32.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:32.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:32.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:32.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:32.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:32.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:32.1.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"32. Bhedapurekkhārapannarasaka\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.","en":"32. The group of fifteen on aiming at schism\n“On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhile they’re doing it, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:32.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:32.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.5","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.6","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.7","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.8","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.9","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.10","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.11","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.12","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.13","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.14","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.15","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.16","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.17","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.18","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.19","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.20","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.21","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.22","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.23","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.24","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.25","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.26","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.27","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.28","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.29","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.30","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.31","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.32","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.33","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.34","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.35","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.36","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.37","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.38","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.39","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.40","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.41","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.42","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.43","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.44","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.45","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.46","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.47","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.48","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.49","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.50","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.51","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.52","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.53","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.54","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.55","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.56","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.57","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.58","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.59","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.60","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.61","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.62","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.63","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.64","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.65","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.66","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.67","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.68","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.69","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.70","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.71","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.72","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.73","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.74","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.75","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.76","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.77","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.78","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.79","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.80","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.81","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.82","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.83","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.84","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.85","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.86","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.87","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.88","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.89","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.90","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.91","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.92","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.93","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.94","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.95","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.96","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.97","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.98","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.99","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.100","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.101","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.102","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.103","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.104","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.105","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.106","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.107","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.108","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.109","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.110","pli-tv-kd2:32.2.111"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddissamāne pātimokkhe, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, avasesaṁ sotabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, avuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, ekaccāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti bahutarā.\nTehi, bhikkhave, bhikkhūhi puna pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti samasamā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe jānanti—\n‘atthaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū anāgatā’ti.\nTe ‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti, pātimokkhaṁ uddisanti.\nTehi uddiṭṭhamatte pātimokkhe, sabbāya vuṭṭhitāya parisāya, athaññe āvāsikā bhikkhū āgacchanti thokatarā.\nUddiṭṭhaṁ suuddiṭṭhaṁ, tesaṁ santike pārisuddhi ārocetabbā.\nUddesakānaṁ āpatti thullaccayassa.\nBhedapurekkhārapannarasakaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. Pañcavīsatikā niṭṭhitā.","en":"On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhile they’re doing it, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhile they’re doing it, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the remainder should be listened to.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know there are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’ They then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and none of the gathering has left, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and none of the gathering has left, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and none of the gathering has left, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and only some members of the gathering have left, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and only some members of the gathering have left, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and only some members of the gathering have left, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and the entire gathering has left, a greater number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, those monks should recite the Monastic Code once more.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and the entire gathering has left, an equal number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.\nOn the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey know\nthere are other resident monks who haven’t arrived.\nThey think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them.’\nThey then do the observance-day ceremony and recite the Monastic Code, aiming at schism.\nWhen they’ve just finished, and the entire gathering has left, a smaller number of resident monks arrive.\nIn such a case, what has been recited is valid, and the late arrivals should announce their purity in the presence of the others.\nAnd there’s a serious offense for the reciters.”\nThe group of fifteen on aiming at schism is finished. The group of seventy-five is finished."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:33.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:33.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.8","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.9","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.10","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.11","pli-tv-kd2:33.1.12"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"33. Sīmokkantikapeyyāla\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, aññatarasmiṁ āvāse tadahuposathe sambahulā āvāsikā bhikkhū sannipatanti cattāro vā atirekā vā.\nTe na jānanti—\n‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṁ okkamantī’ti …pe…\nte na jānanti—\n‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṁ okkantā’ti …pe…\nte na passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṁ okkamante …pe…\nte na passanti aññe āvāsike bhikkhū antosīmaṁ okkante …pe…\nte na suṇanti—\n‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṁ okkamantī’ti …pe…\nte na suṇanti—\n‘aññe āvāsikā bhikkhū antosīmaṁ okkantā’ti …pe….\nĀvāsikena āvāsikā ekasatapañcasattati tikanayato, āvāsikena āgantukā, āgantukena āvāsikā, āgantukena āgantukā peyyālamukhena satta tikasatāni honti.","en":"33. The successive series on entering a monastery zone\n“On the observance day, four or more resident monks may have gathered together in a certain monastery.\nThey don’t know\nthat other resident monks are entering the monastery zone. …\nThey don’t know\nthat other resident monks have entered the monastery zone. …\nThey don’t see that other resident monks are entering the monastery zone. …\nThey don’t see that other resident monks have entered the monastery zone. …\nThey don’t hear\nthat other resident monks are entering the monastery zone. …\nThey don’t hear\nthat other resident monks have entered the monastery zone. …”\nAs there are one hundred and seventy-five sets of three for resident monks with resident monks, so there are for newly-arrived monks with resident monks, resident monks with newly-arrived monks, newly-arrived monks with newly-arrived monks. Thus by way of succession, there are seven hundred sets of three."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.1.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ cātuddaso hoti, āgantukānaṁ pannaraso.\nSace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṁ anuvattitabbaṁ.\nSace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṁ anuvattitabbaṁ.\nSace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṁ anuvattitabbaṁ.","en":"“It may be, monks, that for the resident monks it’s the fourteenth day of the lunar half-month, but for the newly-arrived monks it’s the fifteenth. Then—\nIf the number of resident monks is greater, the newly-arrived monks should fall in line with the resident monks.\nIf the number is the same, the newly-arrived monks should fall in line with the resident monks.\nIf the number of newly-arrived monks is greater, the resident monks should fall in line with the newly-arrived monks."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.2.4"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ pannaraso hoti, āgantukānaṁ cātuddaso.\nSace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṁ anuvattitabbaṁ.\nSace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṁ anuvattitabbaṁ.\nSace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṁ anuvattitabbaṁ.","en":"It may be that for the resident monks it’s the fifteenth day of the lunar half-month, but for the newly-arrived monks it’s the fourteenth. Then—\nIf the number of resident monks is greater, the newly-arrived monks should fall in line with the resident monks.\nIf the number is the same, the newly-arrived monks should fall in line with the resident monks.\nIf the number of newly-arrived monks is greater, the resident monks should fall in line with the newly-arrived monks."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:34.3.6"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭipado hoti, āgantukānaṁ pannaraso.\nSace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṁ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī.\nĀgantukehi nissīmaṁ gantvā uposatho kātabbo.\nSace samasamā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṁ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī.\nĀgantukehi nissīmaṁ gantvā uposatho kātabbo.\nSace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āvāsikehi āgantukānaṁ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṁ vā gantabbaṁ.","en":"It may be that for the resident monks it’s the day after the observance day, but for the newly-arrived monks it’s the fifteenth day of the lunar half-month. Then—\nIf the number of resident monks is greater, the resident monks may, if they’re willing, do the observance-day ceremony with the newly-arrived monks.\nOtherwise the newly-arrived monks should go outside the monastery zone and do the observance-day ceremony there.\nIf the number is the same, the resident monks may, if they’re willing, do the observance-day ceremony with the newly-arrived monks.\nOtherwise the newly-arrived monks should go outside the monastery zone and do the observance-day ceremony there.\nIf the number of newly-arrived monks is greater, the resident monks should do the observance-day ceremony with the newly-arrived monks, or they should go outside the monastery zone while the newly-arrived monks do the observance-day ceremony."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.4.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ pannaraso hoti, āgantukānaṁ pāṭipado.\nSace āvāsikā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṁ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṁ vā gantabbaṁ.\nSace samasamā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṁ sāmaggī vā dātabbā nissīmaṁ vā gantabbaṁ.\nSace āgantukā bahutarā honti, āgantukehi āvāsikānaṁ nākāmā dātabbā sāmaggī.\nĀvāsikehi nissīmaṁ gantvā uposatho kātabbo.","en":"It may be that for the resident monks it’s the fifteenth day of the lunar half-month, but for the newly-arrived monks it’s the day after the observance day. Then—\nIf the number of resident monks is greater, the newly-arrived monks should do the observance-day ceremony with the resident monks, or they should go outside the monastery zone while the resident monks do the observance-day ceremony.\nIf the number is the same, the newly-arrived monks should do the observance-day ceremony with the resident monks, or they should go outside the monastery zone while the resident monks do the observance-day ceremony.\nIf the number of newly-arrived monks is greater, they may, if they’re willing, do the observance-day ceremony with the resident monks.\nOtherwise the resident monks should go outside the monastery zone and do the observance-day ceremony there.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.5.0","pli-tv-kd2:34.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.5.2"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"34. Liṅgādidassana\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsikānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ āvāsikākāraṁ, āvāsikaliṅgaṁ, āvāsikanimittaṁ, āvāsikuddesaṁ, supaññattaṁ mañcapīṭhaṁ, bhisibibbohanaṁ, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ sūpaṭṭhitaṁ, pariveṇaṁ susammaṭṭhaṁ;\npassitvā vematikā honti—‘atthi nu kho āvāsikā bhikkhū natthi nu kho’ti.","en":"34. The seeing of characteristics, etc.\n“It may happen that newly-arrived monks see signs and indications of resident monks: beds and benches that are made up, water for drinking and water for washing that are ready for use, yards that are well swept.\nAs a consequence, they’re unsure whether or not there are resident monks there. Then—"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.6","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.6.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.5","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.6","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.7","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.8","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.9","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.10","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.11","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.12","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.13","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.14","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.15","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.16","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.17","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.18","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.19","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.20","pli-tv-kd2:34.6.21"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Te vematikā na vicinanti;\navicinitvā uposathaṁ karonti.\nĀpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe vematikā vicinanti;\nvicinitvā na passanti;\napassitvā uposathaṁ karonti.\nAnāpatti.\nTe vematikā vicinanti;\nvicinitvā passanti;\npassitvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti.\nAnāpatti.\nTe vematikā vicinanti;\nvicinitvā passanti;\npassitvā pāṭekkaṁ uposathaṁ karonti.\nĀpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe vematikā vicinanti;\nvicinitvā passanti;\npassitvā—\n‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—\nbhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti.\nĀpatti thullaccayassa.","en":"If they do the observance-day ceremony without investigating,\nthere’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they investigate,\nbut don’t see anyone,\nand then do the observance-day ceremony,\nthere’s no offense.\nIf they investigate,\nand they see someone,\nand then do the observance-day ceremony together,\nthere’s no offense.\nIf they investigate,\nand they see someone,\nbut then do the observance-day ceremony separately,\nthere’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they investigate,\nand they see someone,\nbut think,\n‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them,’\nand then do the observance-day ceremony aiming at schism,\nthere’s a serious offense."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.7","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.7.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.7.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.7.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.7.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.7.5","pli-tv-kd2:34.7.6","pli-tv-kd2:34.7.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū suṇanti āvāsikānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ āvāsikākāraṁ, āvāsikaliṅgaṁ, āvāsikanimittaṁ, āvāsikuddesaṁ, caṅkamantānaṁ padasaddaṁ, sajjhāyasaddaṁ, ukkāsitasaddaṁ, khipitasaddaṁ;\nsutvā vematikā honti—‘atthi nu kho āvāsikā bhikkhū natthi nu kho’ti.\nTe vematikā na vicinanti; avicinitvā uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā na passanti; apassitvā uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā pāṭekkaṁ uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā—‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.","en":"It may happen that newly-arrived monks hear signs and indications of resident monks: the sound of the feet of someone doing walking meditation, the sound of recitation, the sound of coughing, the sound of sneezing.\nAs a consequence, they’re unsure whether or not there are resident monks there. Then—\nIf they do the observance-day ceremony without investigating, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they investigate, but don’t see anyone, and then do the observance-day ceremony, there’s no offense.\nIf they investigate, and they see someone, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s no offense.\nIf they investigate, and they see someone, but then do the observance-day ceremony separately, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they investigate, and they see someone, but think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them,’ and then do the observance-day ceremony aiming at schism, there’s a serious offense."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.8","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.8.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.8.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.8.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.8.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.8.5","pli-tv-kd2:34.8.6","pli-tv-kd2:34.8.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantukānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ āgantukākāraṁ, āgantukaliṅgaṁ, āgantukanimittaṁ, āgantukuddesaṁ, aññātakaṁ pattaṁ, aññātakaṁ cīvaraṁ, aññātakaṁ nisīdanaṁ, pādānaṁ dhotaṁ, udakanissekaṁ;\npassitvā vematikā honti—‘atthi nu kho āgantukā bhikkhū natthi nu kho’ti.\nTe vematikā na vicinanti; avicinitvā uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā na passanti; apassitvā uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā pāṭekkaṁ uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā—‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.","en":"It may happen that resident monks see signs and indications of newly-arrived monks: an unknown almsbowl, an unknown robe, an unknown sitting mat, water poured on the ground from the washing of feet.\nAs a consequence, they’re unsure whether or not monks have arrived. Then—\nIf they do the observance-day ceremony without investigating, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they investigate, but don’t see anyone, and then do the observance-day ceremony, there’s no offense.\nIf they investigate, and they see someone, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s no offense.\nIf they investigate, and they see someone, but then do the observance-day ceremony separately, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they investigate, and they see someone, but think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them,’ and then do the observance-day ceremony aiming at schism, there’s a serious offense."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.9","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.9.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.9.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.9.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.9.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.9.5","pli-tv-kd2:34.9.6","pli-tv-kd2:34.9.7"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū suṇanti āgantukānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ āgantukākāraṁ, āgantukaliṅgaṁ, āgantukanimittaṁ, āgantukuddesaṁ, āgacchantānaṁ padasaddaṁ, upāhanapapphoṭanasaddaṁ, ukkāsitasaddaṁ, khipitasaddaṁ;\nsutvā vematikā honti—‘atthi nu kho āgantukā bhikkhū natthi nu kho’ti.\nTe vematikā na vicinanti; avicinitvā uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā na passanti; apassitvā uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā pāṭekkaṁ uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe vematikā vicinanti; vicinitvā passanti; passitvā—‘nassantete, vinassantete, ko tehi attho’ti—bhedapurekkhārā uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti thullaccayassa.","en":"It may happen that resident monks hear signs and indications of newly-arrived monks: the sound of the feet of someone arriving, the sound of sandals being knocked together, the sound of coughing, the sound of sneezing.\nAs a consequence, they’re unsure whether or not monks have arrived. Then—\nIf they do the observance-day ceremony without investigating, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they investigate, but don’t see anyone, and then do the observance-day ceremony, there’s no offense.\nIf they investigate, and they see someone, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s no offense.\nIf they investigate, and they see someone, but then do the observance-day ceremony separately, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they investigate, and they see someone, but think, ‘May they get lost! May they disappear! We are better off without them,’ and then do the observance-day ceremony aiming at schism, there’s a serious offense.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.10","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.10.0","pli-tv-kd2:34.10.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.10.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.10.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.10.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.10.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"35. Nānāsaṁvāsakādīhiuposathakaraṇa\nIdha pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsike bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsake.\nTe samānasaṁvāsakadiṭṭhiṁ paṭilabhanti;\nsamānasaṁvāsakadiṭṭhiṁ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti; apucchitvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.\nTe pucchanti; pucchitvā nābhivitaranti; anabhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe pucchanti; pucchitvā nābhivitaranti; anabhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṁ uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.","en":"35. The doing of the observance-day ceremony with those belonging to a different Buddhist sect, etc.\n“It may happen that newly-arrived monks see resident monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect,\nbut they have the view that they belong to the same one. Then—\nIf they don’t ask the resident monks about it, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s no offense.\nIf they do ask the resident monks about it, but don’t reach a clear conclusion, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they do ask the resident monks about it, but don’t reach a clear conclusion, and then do the observance-day ceremony separately, there’s no offense."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.11","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.11.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.11.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.11.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.11.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.11.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āgantukā bhikkhū passanti āvāsike bhikkhū samānasaṁvāsake.\nTe nānāsaṁvāsakadiṭṭhiṁ paṭilabhanti;\nnānāsaṁvāsakadiṭṭhiṁ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti; apucchitvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe pucchanti; pucchitvā abhivitaranti; abhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṁ uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe pucchanti; pucchitvā abhivitaranti; abhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.","en":"It may happen that newly-arrived monks see resident monks who belong to the same Buddhist sect,\nbut they have the view that they belong to a different one. Then—\nIf they don’t ask the resident monks about it, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they do ask the resident monks about it, and they change their view, but then do the observance-day ceremony separately, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they do ask the resident monks about it, and they change their view, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s no offense."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.12","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.12.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.12.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.12.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.12.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.12.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantuke bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsake.\nTe samānasaṁvāsakadiṭṭhiṁ paṭilabhanti;\nsamānasaṁvāsakadiṭṭhiṁ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti; apucchitvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.\nTe pucchanti; pucchitvā nābhivitaranti; anabhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe pucchanti; pucchitvā nābhivitaranti; anabhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṁ uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.","en":"It may happen that resident monks see newly-arrived monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect,\nbut they have the view that they belong to the same one. Then—\nIf they don’t ask the newly-arrived monks about it, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s no offense.\nIf they do ask the newly-arrived monks about it, but don’t reach a clear conclusion, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they do ask the newly-arrived monks about it, but don’t reach a clear conclusion, and then do the observance-day ceremony separately, there’s no offense."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:34.13","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:34.13.1","pli-tv-kd2:34.13.2","pli-tv-kd2:34.13.3","pli-tv-kd2:34.13.4","pli-tv-kd2:34.13.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Idha pana, bhikkhave, āvāsikā bhikkhū passanti āgantuke bhikkhū samānasaṁvāsake.\nTe nānāsaṁvāsakadiṭṭhiṁ paṭilabhanti;\nnānāsaṁvāsakadiṭṭhiṁ paṭilabhitvā na pucchanti; apucchitvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe pucchanti; pucchitvā abhivitaranti; abhivitaritvā pāṭekkaṁ uposathaṁ karonti. Āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nTe pucchanti; pucchitvā abhivitaranti; abhivitaritvā ekato uposathaṁ karonti. Anāpatti.","en":"It may happen that resident monks see newly-arrived monks who belong to the same Buddhist sect,\nbut they have the view that they belong to a different one. Then—\nIf they don’t ask the newly-arrived monks about it, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they do ask the newly-arrived monks about it, and they change their view, but then do the observance-day ceremony separately, there’s an offense of wrong conduct.\nIf they do ask the newly-arrived monks about it, and they change their view, and then do the observance-day ceremony together, there’s no offense.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:35.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:35.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:35.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:35.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:35.1.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"36. Nagantabbavāra\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.","en":"36. The section on “you shouldn’t go”\n“On the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery with monks to one without monks, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery with monks to a non-monastery without monks, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery with monks to a monastery or a non-monastery without monks, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:35.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:35.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:35.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:35.2.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.","en":"On the observance day you shouldn’t go from a non-monastery with monks to a monastery without monks, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a non-monastery with monks to a non-monastery without monks, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a non-monastery with monks to a monastery or a non-monastery without monks, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:35.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:35.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:35.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:35.3.3"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā abhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.","en":"On the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery or a non-monastery with monks to a monastery without monks, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery or a non-monastery with monks to a non-monastery without monks, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery or a non-monastery with monks to a monastery or a non-monastery without monks, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:35.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:35.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:35.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:35.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:35.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:35.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:35.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:35.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:35.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:35.4.9"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko anāvāso gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.\nNa, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā gantabbo, yatthassu bhikkhū nānāsaṁvāsakā, aññatra saṅghena aññatra antarāyā.","en":"On the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery with monks to one with monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery with monks to a non-monastery with monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery with monks to a monastery or a non-monastery with monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a non-monastery with monks to a monastery with monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a non-monastery with monks to a non-monastery with monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a non-monastery with monks to a monastery or a non-monastery with monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery or a non-monastery with monks to a monastery with monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery or a non-monastery with monks to a non-monastery with monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.\nOn the observance day you shouldn’t go from a monastery or a non-monastery with monks to a monastery or a non-monastery with monks who belong to a different Buddhist sect, except if you go with a sangha or there are dangers.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:35.5","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:35.5.0","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.1","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.2","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.3","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.4","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.5","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.6","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.7","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.8","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.9","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.10","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.11","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.12","pli-tv-kd2:35.5.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"37. Gantabbavāra\nGantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṁvāsakā, yaṁ jaññā—\n‘sakkomi ajjeva gantun’ti.\nGantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā sabhikkhuko anāvāso …pe…\nsabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṁvāsakā, yaṁ jaññā—\n‘sakkomi ajjeva gantun’ti.\nGantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā anāvāsā sabhikkhuko āvāso …pe…\nsabhikkhuko anāvāso …pe…\nsabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṁvāsakā, yaṁ jaññā—\n‘sakkomi ajjeva gantun’ti.\nGantabbo, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhukā āvāsā vā anāvāsā vā sabhikkhuko āvāso …pe…\nsabhikkhuko anāvāso …pe…\nsabhikkhuko āvāso vā anāvāso vā, yatthassu bhikkhū samānasaṁvāsakā, yaṁ jaññā—\n‘sakkomi ajjeva gantun’ti.","en":"37. The section on “you may go”\n“On the observance day you may go from a monastery with monks to one with monks who belong to the same Buddhist sect if you know\nyou’ll get there on the same day.\nOn the observance day you may go from a monastery with monks to a non-monastery with monks …\nto a monastery or a non-monastery with monks who belong to the same Buddhist sect if you know\nyou’ll get there on the same day.\nOn the observance day you may go from a non-monastery with monks to a monastery with monks …\nto a non-monastery with monks …\nto a monastery or a non-monastery with monks who belong to the same Buddhist sect if you know\nyou’ll get there on the same day.\nOn the observance day you may go from a monastery or a non-monastery with monks to a monastery with monks …\nto a non-monastery with monks …\nto a monastery or a non-monastery with monks who belong to the same Buddhist sect if you know\nyou’ll get there on the same day.”"}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:36.1","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:36.1.0","pli-tv-kd2:36.1.1","pli-tv-kd2:36.1.2","pli-tv-kd2:36.1.3","pli-tv-kd2:36.1.4","pli-tv-kd2:36.1.5","pli-tv-kd2:36.1.6","pli-tv-kd2:36.1.7","pli-tv-kd2:36.1.8"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"38. Vajjanīyapuggalasandassana\nNa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nNa sikkhamānāya …pe…\nna sāmaṇerassa …pe…\nna sāmaṇeriyā …pe…\nna sikkhāpaccakkhātakassa …pe…\nna antimavatthuṁ ajjhāpannakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"38. The identification of persons to be avoided\n“You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code with a nun seated in the gathering.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nYou shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code with a trainee nun,\na novice monk,\na novice nun,\none who has renounced the training,\nor one who has committed the worst kind of offense seated in the gathering.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:36.2","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:36.2.1","pli-tv-kd2:36.2.2","pli-tv-kd2:36.2.3","pli-tv-kd2:36.2.4","pli-tv-kd2:36.2.5"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Na āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo.\nNa āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya …pe…\nna pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo.","en":"You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code with one who has been ejected for not recognizing an offense seated in the gathering.\nIf you do, you should be dealt with according to the rule.\nYou shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code with one who has been ejected for not making amends for an offense seated in the gathering\nor with one who has been ejected for not giving up a bad view seated in the gathering.\nIf you do, you should be dealt with according to the rule."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:36.3","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:36.3.1","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.2","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.3","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.4","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.5","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.6","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.7","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.8","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.9","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.10","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.11","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.12","pli-tv-kd2:36.3.13"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Na paṇḍakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.\nNa theyyasaṁvāsakassa …pe…\nna titthiyapakkantakassa …pe…\nna tiracchānagatassa …pe…\nna mātughātakassa …pe…\nna pitughātakassa …pe…\nna arahantaghātakassa …pe…\nna bhikkhunidūsakassa …pe…\nna saṅghabhedakassa …pe…\nna lohituppādakassa …pe…\nna ubhatobyañjanakassa nisinnaparisāya pātimokkhaṁ uddisitabbaṁ.\nYo uddiseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.","en":"You shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code with a paṇḍaka seated in the gathering.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.\nYou shouldn’t recite the Monastic Code with a fake monk,\nwith one who has previously left to join the monastics of another religion,\nwith an animal,\nwith a matricide,\nwith a patricide,\nwith a murderer of a perfected one,\nwith one who has raped a nun,\nwith one has caused a schism in the Sangha,\nwith one who has caused the Buddha to bleed,\nor with a gynandromorph seated in the gathering.\nIf you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct."}},{"id":"pli-tv-kd2:36.4","sourceIds":["pli-tv-kd2:36.4.1","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.2","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.3","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.4","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.5","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.6","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.7","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.8","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.9","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.10","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.11","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.12","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.13","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.14","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.15","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.16","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.17","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.18","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.19","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.20","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.21","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.22","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.23","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.24","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.25","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.26","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.27","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.28","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.29","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.30","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.31","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.32","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.33","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.34","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.35","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.36","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.37","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.38","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.39","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.40","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.41","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.42","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.43","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.44","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.45","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.46","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.47","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.48","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.49","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.50","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.51","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.52","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.53","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.54","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.55","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.56","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.57","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.58","pli-tv-kd2:36.4.59"],"kind":"text","text":{"pi":"Na, bhikkhave, pārivāsikapārisuddhidānena uposatho kātabbo, aññatra avuṭṭhitāya parisāya.\nNa ca, bhikkhave, anuposathe uposatho kātabbo, aññatra saṅghasāmaggiyā”ti.\nTatiyabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.\nUposathakkhandhako dutiyo.\nTassuddānaṁ\nTitthiyā bimbisāro ca,\nsannipatituṁ tuṇhikā;\nDhammaṁ raho pātimokkhaṁ,\ndevasikaṁ tadā sakiṁ.\nYathāparisā samaggaṁ,\nsāmaggī maddakucchi ca;\nSīmā mahatī nadiyā,\nanu dve khuddakāni ca.\nNavā rājagahe ceva,\nSīmā avippavāsanā;\nSammanne paṭhamaṁ sīmaṁ,\nPacchā sīmaṁ samūhane.\nAsammatā gāmasīmā,\nnadiyā samudde sare;\nUdakukkhepo bhindanti,\ntathevajjhottharanti ca.\nKati kammāni uddeso,\nsavarā asatīpi ca;\nDhammaṁ vinayaṁ tajjenti,\npuna vinayatajjanā.\nCodanā kate okāse,\nadhammappaṭikkosanā;\nCatupañcaparā āvi,\nsañcicca cepi vāyame.\nSagahaṭṭhā anajjhiṭṭhā,\ncodanamhi na jānati;\nSambahulā na jānanti,\nsajjukaṁ na ca gacchare.\nKatimī kīvatikā dūre,\nārocetuñca nassari;\nUklāpaṁ āsanaṁ dīpo,\ndisā añño bahussuto.\nSajjukaṁ vassuposatho,\nsuddhikammañca ñātakā;\nGaggo catutayo dveko,\nāpattisabhāgā sari.\nSabbo saṅgho vematiko,\nna jānanti bahussuto;\nBahū samasamā thokā,\nparisā avuṭṭhitāya ca.\nEkaccā vuṭṭhitā sabbā,\njānanti ca vematikā;\nKappatevāti kukkuccā,\njānaṁ passaṁ suṇanti ca.\nĀvāsikena āgantu,\ncātupannaraso puna;\nPāṭipado pannaraso,\nliṅgasaṁvāsakā ubho.\nPārivāsānuposatho,\naññatra saṅghasāmaggiyā;\nEte vibhattā uddānā,\nvatthuvibhūtakāraṇāti.\nImasmiṁ khandhake vatthūni chaasīti.\nUposathakkhandhako niṭṭhito.","en":"You shouldn’t do the observance-day ceremony with a passed-on purity that has expired, except if the gathering is still seated together.\nYou shouldn’t do the observance-day ceremony on a non-observance day, except to unify the Sangha.”\nThe third section for recitation is finished.\nThe second chapter on the observance day is finished.\nThis is the summary:\n“Ascetics of other religions, and Bimbisāra,\nTo assemble, silent;\nTeaching, seclusion, the Monastic Code,\nDaily, then once.\nSeparately, complete assembly,\nComplete assembly, and Maddakucchi;\nMonastery zone, large, with river,\nOne after another, two, and small.\nJuniors, and just in Rājagaha,\nMay-stay-apart zone;\nShould establish the monastery zone first,\nShould abolish the monastery zone afterwards.\nNon-established zones of inhabited areas,\nIn a river, in the ocean, in a lake;\nA splash of water, they made overlap,\nAnd just so they enclosed.\nHow many procedures, recitation,\nPrimitive tribes, and even when there were none;\nA teaching, Monastic Law, they made threats,\nAgain Monastic Law, and threatening.\nAccusing, when permission is given,\nObjecting to what is illegitimate;\nFour or five, and others state,\nAlso if deliberately, one should make an effort.\nIncluded lay people, without being asked,\nHe did not know at Codanā;\nA number did not know,\nAnd straightaway, would not go.\nWhich, how many, faraway,\nAnd to announce, he forgot;\nDirty, seat, lamp,\nRegions, another who is learned.\nStraightaway, observance day in the rainy season,\nPurity, and procedure, relatives;\nGagga, four, three, two, one,\nOffense, shared, he remembered.\nThe whole Sangha, unsure,\nThey did not know, one who is learned;\nGreater, equal, smaller,\nAnd none of the gathering has left.\nSome have left, entire,\nAnd they know, unsure;\nAnxious thinking, ‘It’s allowable’,\nKnowing, seeing, and they hear.\nWith resident, newly arrived,\nThe fourteenth and the fifteenth, again;\nThe day after, the fifteenth,\nCharacteristics, belonging to a Buddhist sect, gynandromorph.\nThat has expired, non-observance day\nExcept to unify the Sangha;\nThese summaries are detailed,\nMaking the topics clear.”\nIn this chapter there are eighty-six topics.\nThe chapter on the observance day is finished."}}]}],"sourceRevision":"afdafa92450cfe7573b280da50382888323666d2","sourceUrl":"https://suttacentral.net/pli-tv-kd2/en/brahmali","licence":"CC0 1.0","licenceUrl":"https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/","editionNote":"Full supplied source file; inherited abbreviations are preserved. Not a reconstructed expansion of every repetition. No Malay or Mandarin translation is implied."}